@#*
phone.txt
wish.txt
@Manuals@Manual@m
@Brochures@Brochure@b
@Video/Audio@Video/Audio@v
@Redbooks@Redbook@r
@Presentations@Presentation@p
#Application Programming
*S544-3516*About Type: Technical Reference for 240-Pel Digitized Type*m*$39.50
Provides information about the names, content, and size of the character sets, code pages, and coded fonts in the font licensed programs used in printing on 240 dots-per-inch (240-pel) non-impact printers supported by Advanced Function Printing (AFP) software.  425 pages.  1993.
*GG24-3928*AD/Cycle CODE/400, ADM/400, and App Dictionary Services/400*r*$50.00
Provides guidelines for the implementation of the following products in an AS/400 development environment:  AD/Cycle CoOperative Development Environment/400, AD/Cycle Application Development Manager/400, and Application Dictionary Services/400.  Includes details of actual experiences with using these products to develop and maintain existing applications on AS/400.  92 pages.  1993.
*SH26-4057*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager: Trace Facility Guide*m*$1.85
Provides diagnostic information for problems that may be encountered while using ADSM clients.  Users can trace events by initiating trace functions from the options file or at the command line.  The trace facility applies to all ADSM clients, including the backup-archive clients, the administrative client, the application program interface (API), and the hierarchical storage management (HSM) clients.  50 pages.  1996.  
*SH26-4002*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager: Using the Application Programming Interface*m*$7.65
Contains information on ADSM's application programming interface (API).  The API is a set of function calls that enable an application client to use the ADSM storage management functions.  The API is available on the Windows, OS/2, Novell NetWare, and many UNIX platforms.  175 pages.  1996.  
*SBOF-9181*ADTS for OS/400 V3R6*m*$116.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Introducing ADTS for OS/400 and the AS/400 Server Access Programs (GC09-2088); ADTS/400: Interactive Source Debugger (SC09-1897); ADTS/400: Advanced Printer Function (SC09-1766); ADTS/400: Report Layout Utility (SC09-1767); ADTS/400: Screen Design Aid (SC09-1768); ADTS/400: Programming Development Manager (SC09-1771); ADTS/400: File Compare and Merge Utility (SC09-1772); ADTS/400:  Data File Utility (SC09-1773); ADTS/400: Source Entry Utility (SC09-1774); ADTS/400: Character Generator Utility (SC09-1769); and ADTS/400: Screen Design Aid for the System/36 Environment (SC09-1893).
*SC09-1809*ADTS/400 Application Development Manager/400 API Reference*m*$5.00
Describes writing application programming interfaces (APIs) to the V3R1/V3R2 Application Development Manager/400 feature.  25 pages.  1994.
*SC09-2180*ADTS/400 Application Development Manager/400 API Reference*m*$5.00
Describes writing application programming interfaces (APIs) to the V3R6 Application Development Manager/400 feature.  25 pages.  1995
*SC09-2138*ADTS/400 Application Development Manager/400 Self-Study Guide*m*$9.00
Provides a series of step-by-step exercises that illustrate how to use the V3R6 Application Development Manager/400 feature.  100 pages.  1995.
*SC09-2340*ADTS/400 Application Development Manager/400 Self-Study Guide*m*$N/A
Illustrates how to use the V3R2 Application Development Manager/400 feature through a series of step-by-step exercises.  100 pages.  1996.  
*SC09-1808*ADTS/400 Application Development Manager/400 User's Guide*m*$21.75
Describes creating and managing projects defined for the V3R1/V3R2 Application Development Manager/400 feature as well as using the program to develop applications.  255 pages.  1994.
*SC09-2133*ADTS/400 Application Development Manager/400 User's Guide*m*$21.75
Describes creating and managing projects defined for the V3R6 Application Development Manager/400 feature as well as using the program to develop applications.  275 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1904*ADTS/400 Application Dictionary Services/400 Self-Study Guide*m*$7.00
Illustrates how to use the V3R1/V3R2 Application Dictionary Services/400 feature through a series of step-by-step exercises.  50 pages.  1996.
*SC09-2086*ADTS/400 Application Dictionary Services/400 Self-Study Guide*m*$7.00
Illustrates how to use the V3R6 Application Dictionary Services/400 feature through a series of step-by-step exercises.  75 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1860*ADTS/400 Application Dictionary Services/400 User's Guide*m*$16.50
Describes how to create and work with a V3R1/V3R2 Application Dictionary Services/400 dictionary.  100 pages.  1996.
*SC09-2087*ADTS/400 Application Dictionary Services/400 User's Guide*m*$11.00
Describes how to create and work with a V3R6 Application Dictionary Services/400 dictionary.  150 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1893*ADTS/400 Screen Design Aid for the System/36 Environment*m*$17.00
Provides information on how to use the screen design aid (SDA) for developing displays, menus, and online information in the System/36 environment of the AS/400 system.  156 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1766*ADTS/400: Advanced Printer Function*m*$5.00
Provides information about using the Application Development ToolSet/400 advanced printer function (APF) to create and maintain tailored forms.  Explains how to design the layout of a form, specify fields where special characteristics are to be applied, design those special characteristics, produce blank copies of a form, and merge spooled data with an already-defined form.  44 pages.  1994.
*GC09-1807*ADTS/400: Application Development Manager/400 Introduction and Planning Guide*m*$5.00
Describes what ADTS/400 is, who it is intended for, and the advantages it offers to both large and small application development teams.  Intended for application developers and project administrators.  45 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1769*ADTS/400: Character Generator Utility*m*$10.00
Provides information about using the Application Development ToolSet/400 character generator utility (CGU) to create and maintain a double-byte character set (DBCS) on the AS/400 system.  It also provides step-by-step examples that show how to use some of the CGU functions.  66 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1773*ADTS/400: Data File Utility*m*$11.00
Provides information about using the Application Development ToolSet/400 data file utility (DFU) to create programs to enter data into files, update files, inquire into files, and run DFU programs.  This manual also provides activities and material to learn DFU.  98 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1772*ADTS/400: File Compare and Merge Utility*m*$5.00
Provides information about the Application Development ToolSet/400 File Compare and Merge Utility.  This utility allows you to compare files and merge source members to aid in maintaining your code and tracking changes made to your files and members.  55 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1897*ADTS/400: Interactive Source Debugger*m*$5.00
Provides information about how to use the interactive source debugger (ISDB) component of Application Development ToolSet for OS/400 (ADTS/400) to carry out debugging on the AS/400 system.  50 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1771*ADTS/400: Programming Development Manager*m*$11.50
Provides information about using the Application Development ToolSet/400 programming development manager (PDM) to work with lists of libraries, objects, members, and user-defined options to easily do such operations as copy, delete, and rename.  Contains activities and reference material to help the user learn PDM.  The most commonly used operations and function keys are explained in detail using examples.  102 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1767*ADTS/400: Report Layout Utility*m*$15.00
Provides information on how to use the Application Development ToolSet/400 report layout utility (RLU).  This manual includes information on developing and printing sample reports and generating data description specifications (DDS) source to create the report from a high-level language.  140 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1768*ADTS/400: Screen Design Aid*m*$19.00
Provides information about using the Application Development ToolSet/400 screen design aid (SDA) to design, create, and maintain displays, menus, and online help information.  The manual contains examples and information to help learn how to use SDA on the AS/400 system and in the System/38 environment of the AS/400 system.  176 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1774*ADTS/400: Source Entry Utility*m*$12.50
Provides information about using the Application Development ToolSet/400 source entry utility (SEU) to create and edit source members.  The manual explains how to start and end an SEU session and how to use the many features of this full-screen text editor.  The manual contains examples to help both new and experienced users accomplish various editing tasks, from the simplest line commands to using pre-defined prompts for high-level languages and data formats.  128 pages.  1994.
*GG24-3765*AFP Printing in an IBM Cross-System Environment*r*$40.00
Written for IBM customers and IBM systems engineers who are responsible for planning and installing the AFP printers, this redbook explores what needs to be done so that printing resources (fonts, segments, overlays, form definitions and page definitions) can be used on IBM AFP printers in a multiple IBM host (print anywhere from anywhere) environment.  The emphasis of the manual is how to print from one system to another and how to deal with resources needed in printing. How to connect the systems is not addressed.  225 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4469*An Early Look at Application Considerations Involved with MQSeries*r*$40.00
This redbook discusses application considerations when using the MQSeries of products, which implement the Message Queue Interface (MQI).  These products involve messaging using the MQI on a number of IBM and non-IBM platforms.  These products are developed in association between the IBM Corporation and SSI/APERTUS Corp.  Product names include MQMMVS/ESA, MQM/400, and ezBRIDGE Transact.  This redbook summarizes those application considerations that came to light during an application development project using early code.  The primary purpose of this document is to present summary information regarding application-related matters when using the MQI and to provide a base for further work in this important topic as MQSeries applications evolve.  250 pages.  1995.
*GG24-4200*An Implementation Guide for AS/400 Security and Auditing*r*$150.00
This redbook describes how the different security elements fit together to implement AS/400 security.  The book is designed to  help you understand the comprehensive AS/400 security options available to secure the system and data.  It includes information about Auditing, C2 Security, Cryptography, Communications, PC Support, and OfficeVision/400.  450 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4449*AnyMail/400 Mail Server Framework Developer Guide*r*$25.00
Provides detailed coverage of the AnyMail/400 Mail Server Framework (MSF), focusing on the technical details needed to understand how the mail server framework works.  It provides information about how to write programs that will create MSF messages or act on MSF messages and exit point programs.  425 pages, one 3.5-inch diskette.  1995.
*SBOF-6850*APD/400*m*$35.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: APD/400 General Information (GH12-6123); APD/400 User's Guide (SH12-6120); APD/400 Administrator's Guide (SH12-6121); APD/400 Developer's Guide (SH12-6122).
*SH12-6122*APD/400 Developer's Guide*m*$23.00
Provides information about enabling existing applications to run under V3R1/V3R2 APD/400 and about developing applications that use the functions and services of APD/400.  Describes the procedure of developing, packaging, shipping, and installing APD/400 applications.  Provides the required reference information, such as file layouts and descriptions of user exits and APIs.  125 pages.  1994.
*SH12-6404*APD/400 Developer's Guide*m*$23.00
Provides information about enabling existing applications to run under V3R6 APD/400 and about developing applications that use the functions and services of APD/400.  Describes the procedure of developing, packaging, shipping, and installing APD/400 applications.  Provides the required reference information, such as file layouts and descriptions of user exits and APIs.  125 pages.  1995.
*GH12-6123*APD/400 General Information*m*$2.00
Provides an overview of the V3R1/V3R2 Application Program Driver/400 (APD/400) program, which integrates multiple applications into a common environment.  25 pages.  1994.
*GH12-6401*APD/400 General Information*m*$2.00
Provides an overview of the Application Program Driver for OS/400 (V3R6) program, which integrates multiple applications into a common environment.  25 pages.  1995.
*SH12-6120*APD/400 User's Guide*m*$7.00
Provides information about accessing any applications in the V3R1/V3R2 APD/400 environment and switching between them.  75 pages.  1994.
*SH12-6402*APD/400 User's Guide*m*$7.00
Provides information about accessing any applications in the V3R6 APD/400 environment and switching between them.  75 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9170*APD/400 V3R6*m*$46.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  APD/400 General Information (GH12-6401); APD/400 User's Guide (SH12-6402); APD/400 Administrator's Guide (SH12-6403); and APD/400 Developer's Guide (SH12-6404).
*SBOF-9183*Application Development Manager V3R6*m*$40.75
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  ADTS/400: Application Development Manager/400 User's Guide (SC09-2133); ADTS/400: Application Development Manager/400 Introduction and Planning Guide (GC09-1807); ADTS/400: Application Development Manager/400 Self-Study Guide (SC09-2138); and ADTS/400:  Application Development Manager/400 API Reference (SC09-2180).
*GG24-3806*Application Development on the AS/400*r*$20.00
Helps customers learn how to improve their Application Development environment, including the use of AD/Cycle products (both the concept and tools), as well as tools from other vendors who are not members of the IBM International Alliance for AD/Cycle.  130 pages.  1992.
*SK2T-2753*Application Development Solutions for OS/400*p*$1.00
This CD provides marketing information and product demos of application development tools for the OS/400 operating system.  Includes Application Development ToolSet (ADTS) Client Server/400, VisualAge C++ for OS/400, CODE/400, OS/2 Warp, VisualAge, VisualGen, Visualizer Family, and VRPG Client.  1995.
*GC09-1830*Application Development ToolSet/400*b*$0.05
Describes Application Development ToolSet/400, a set of host-based tools consisting of three major components: Application Development Tools/400, Interactive Source Debugger/400, and Application Dictionary Services/400, which provides a comprehensive application development environment for the AS/400.  2 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-9182*Application Dictionary Services V3R6*m*$18.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  ADTS/400: Application Dictionary Services/400 User's Guide (SC09-2087); and ADTS/400: Application Dictionary Services/400 Self- Study Guide (SC09-2086).
*SC41-3715*Application Display Programming*m*$60.00
Provides information about using DDS on a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system to create and maintain displays for applications; creating and working with display files on the system; creating online help information; using UIM to define panels and dialogs for an application; and using panel groups, records, or documents.  900 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4715*Application Display Programming*m*$59.00
Provides information about using DDS on a V3R6 AS/400 system to create and maintain displays for applications; creating and working with display files on the system; creating online help information; using UIM to define panels and dialogs for an application; and using panel groups, records, or documents.  900 pages.  1995.
*GG24-3793*Artificial Intelligence and the AS/400*r*$50.00
Provides a practical introduction to artificial intelligence and related  products available to the AS/400 customer.  Introduces KnowledgeTool/400, the Neural Network Utility, and the Integrated Reasoning Shell.  Provides information to assist in choosing the most appropriate tool.  162 pages.  1992.
*G325-6306*AS/400 Advanced Series - An ideal environment for UNIX applications*b*$1.95
This brochure tells you why you should port your UNIX applications to AS/400.  The large AS/400 customer base greatly increases the sales potential for any UNIX business application.  The evolution of AS/400 makes such porting easier with each release.  20 pages.  1995.
*SK2T-2171*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R1/V3R2 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1996.
*SK2T-2839*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R6 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1995.
*G325-6233*AS/400 and Object-Oriented Programming *b*$4.45
Describes how AS/400 and object-oriented programming help you meet your application development challenges.  12 pages, 1995.
*GC09-1872*AS/400 Application Development Glossary of Terms*m*$0.05
This is a Glossary of Terms and Marketing Product Guide for Application Development.  2 pages.  1994.
*GC09-1560*AS/400 Application Development Program*b*$6.40
Gives an overview of the AS/400 Application Development Program.  Provides brief descriptions and highlights of the products offered by the AS/400 Application Development Program.  1993.
*GV40-0827*AS/400 Application Dictionary Services/400*p*$5.25
This demo diskette presents the features, functions, and benefits of ADS/400.  The diskette is a high-density, 2MB diskette, and requires a workstation with a minimum of 512K RAM and DOS.
*GG24-4027*AS/400 Client Series Products and Positioning*r*$50.00
Describes the AS/400 Client Series products, their strengths, and the features that differentiate each product from the others.  325 pages.  1994.
*G325-6176*AS/400 Directions for Object-Oriented Development*b*$1.95
Part of a series of directions papers that describes IBM's future directions for the AS/400 system.  This paper specifically discusses object-oriented technology and how IBM is using it with the AS/400 system.  20 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4148*AS/400 Integrated Language Environment: A Practical Approach*r*$75.00
Provides examples and guidelines for implementing applications using the Integrated Language Environment, an integral part of OS/400.  144 pages.  1994.
*LY44-4901*AS/400 Licensed Internal  Code Diagnostic Aids--Volume 2*m*$144.00
Contains trace point and licensed internal code log entry information for use in diagnosing V3R6 licensed internal code and some operating system problems.  720 pages.  1995.
*LY44-4900*AS/400 Licensed Internal Code Diagnostic Aids--Volume 1*m*$80.00
Provides information about service tools and procedures needed to determine, isolate, and solve programming problems occurring with V3R6 Licensed Internal Code (LIC) used below the machine interface.  This does not include the operating system diagnostic aids, but some of the techniques listed could be useful in diagnosing operating system programming problems.  400 pages.  1995.
*GBOF-5224*AS/400 Office and Advanced Technology*r*$797.00
This form number indicates a selection of redbooks offered as a group.  The redbooks in this group include: AS/400 Office in a DIA/SNADS Network (GG24-3268); OV/400 and AS/400 Query Applications in a Multilingual Environment (GG24-3579); OfficeVision/400 in a DIA/SNADS Environment (GG24-3625); Workfolder Application Facility/400 5363 Optical Subsystem Configuration, Installation and Recommendation (GG24-3680); OfficeVision/400 Printing (GG24-3697); Multimedia Examples with the AS.400 Using AVC (GG24-3743); Artificial Intelligence and the AS/400 (GG24-3793); Facsimile Support/400 Implementation (GG24-3797); OfficeVision/400 Application Enabler (GG24-3868); OfficeVision/400 Application Programming Interfaces V2R2 (GG24-3885); OV/400 Integration with CallPath/400 and Fax Support/400 (GG24-3896); OfficeVision/400 Version 2 Technical Tips and Techniques (GG24-3937); Ultimedia Video Delivery System/400 (GG24-4020); Setting Up and Printing in an OfficeVision/400 Environment (GG24-4283); AS/400 Client Series Handbook (GG24-4285); Object Technology In Application Development  (GG24-4290); OfficeVision/400 Application Enabler V2R3 (GG24-4072); Current-OV-400 Workgroup Program (GG24-4377); and AnyMail/400 Mail Server Framework Developer Guide (GG24-4449).
*GBOF-5222*AS/400 Systems, Application Development, and Performance*r*$1670.00
This form number indicates a selection of redbooks offered as a group.  The redbooks in this group include: GG24-3723, GG24-3249, GG24-3250, GG24-3251, GG24-3304, GG24-3321, GG24-3438, GG24-3723, GG24-3765, GG24-3806, GG24-3877, GG24-3885, GG24-3908, GG24-3928, GG24-4006, GG24-4027, GG24-4028, GG24-4030, GG24-4094, GG24-4148, GG24-4182, GG24-4187, GG24-4200, GG24-4244, GG24-4249, GG24-4285, GG24-4290, GG24-4326, GG24-4358, GG24-4389, and GG24-4469.
*GG24-4187*AS/400 V2R3 Sftw Life Cycle Mgt with Application Development Mgr/400 and SystemView System Mgr/400*r*$50.00
Describes the use of Application Development Manager/400, Application Dictionary Services/400, and SystemView System Manager/400 in managing, developing, packaging, and installing application software.  Includes diskettes that contain the sample programs.  262 pages.  1994.
*GV21-9080*AS/400 Worldwide Press and Consultants Conference - Application Development*v*$15.50
John Swainson delivers some key messages about current AS/400 leadership in application development and object-oriented programming.  1993.
*GV21-9092*AS/400 Worldwide Press and Consultants Conference - OO Technology*v*$15.50
Jim Anderson delivers key messages about V2R3's use of a new program model, the Integrated Language Environment (ILE), that serves as the basis for object-oriented programming on the AS/400.  Discusses future enhancements and the benefits they will bring to programmers.  1993.
*SX09-1289*BASIC Reference Summary*m*$20.00
Provides the information needed to write programs using AS/400 BASIC commands and statements for commercial data processing or solving business, technical, or scientific problems.  100 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1823*BASIC User's Guide and Reference*m*$62.00
Provides the information needed to write, test, and maintain AS/400 BASIC programs in both the AS/400 environment and the System/38 environment.  725 pages.  1994.
*SC33-1365*CallPath/400 Planning and Installation Guide*m*$5.00
Provides information to help you evaluate the CallPath/400 program and the telephone switches it supports.  Also includes information to help you plan for and install CallPath/400.  100 pages.  1994.
*SC33-1366*CallPath/400 Programmer's Reference*m*$80.00
Describes the CallPath/400 licensed program and application program interface (API).  Provides information on writing application programs that communicate with the various telephone switches that support the CallPath/400 program.  1000 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-6844*CICS Family*m*$60.30
This form number indicates a selection of publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: CICS Family: Inter-Product Communications (SC33-0824); and CICS Family: API Structure (SC33-1007).
*GC33-1134*CICS Family Brochure*b*$3.45
Describes the CICS product as an application server: CICS is more than a transaction processor, it manages all application resources to provide powerful client/server support that interoperates across systems and can be scaled to any size of enterprise.  The brochure describes the benefits of CICS, and shows how CICS adds value in different environments and different enterprises, from the smallest to the largest.  8 pages.  1994.
*SC33-1007*CICS Family: API Structure*m*$55.25
Provides information on the CICS command-level application programming interface across a number of platforms.  295 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-6845*CICS/400*m*$83.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: CICS/400 General Information (GC33-1389); CICS/400 Problem Determination (SC33-1384); CICS/400 API Guide (SC33-1386); CICS/400 Administration and Operations Guide (SC33-1387); and CICS/400 Intercommunication (SC33-1388).
*SC33-1386*CICS/400 Application Programming Guide*m*$40.00
Provides information on application programming for CICS/400.  Includes guidance and reference information on the CICS application programming interface and system programming interface commands, and gives general information about developing new applications and migrating existing applications from other CICS platforms.  440 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4182*CICS/400 Tasks and Examples*r*$100.00
Includes real-life examples of CICS/400, written by field personnel who have used it.  486 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-9167*CICS/400 V3R6*m*$146.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  CICS/400 General Information (GC33-1389); CICS/400 Problem Determination (SC33-1384); CICS/400 Application Programming Guide (SC33-1386); CICS/400 Administration and Operations Guide (SC33-1387); and CICS/400 Intercommunication (SC33-1388).
*SC41-3721*CL Programming*m*$39.75
Provides a wide-ranging discussion of V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 programming topics including a general discussion on objects and libraries, CL programming, controlling flow and communicating between programs, working with objects in CL programs, and creating CL programs.  Other topics include predefined and impromptu messages and message handling, defining and creating user-defined commands and menus, application testing, including debug mode, breakpoints, traces, and display functions.  475 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4721*CL Programming*m*$56.00
Provides a wide-ranging discussion of V3R6 AS/400 programming topics including a general discussion on objects and libraries, CL programming, controlling flow and communicating between programs, working with objects in CL programs, and creating CL programs.  Other topics include predefined and impromptu messages and message handling, defining and creating user-defined commands and menus, application testing, including debug mode, breakpoints, traces, and display functions.  525 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3722*CL Reference*m*$216.00
Provides a description of the V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 control language (CL) and its OS/400 commands.  (Non-OS/400 commands are described in the respective licensed program publications.)  Also provides an overview of all the CL commands for the AS/400 system, and it describes the syntax rules needed to code them.  3300 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4722*CL Reference*m*$240.00
Provides a description of the V3R6 AS/400 control language (CL) and its OS/400 commands.  (Non-OS/400 commands are described in the respective licensed program publications.)  Also provides an overview of all the CL commands for the AS/400 system, and it describes the syntax rules needed to code them.  3300 pages.  1995.
*SC09-2131*Client/Server Visual Programming with VRPG Client*m*$36.00
Uses sample applications to illustrate how to build a new VRPG application and how to reuse an existing RPG/400 application.  The book provides hints and tips for creating graphical user interfaces, coding program logic, and enabling the application for a client/server environment.  325 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6284*COBOL/400*m*$63.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: COBOL/400 User's Guide (SC09-1812); COBOL/400 Reference (SC09-1813); and COBOL/400 Reference Summary (SX09-1285).
*SC09-1813*COBOL/400 Reference*m*$44.00
Provides a description of the COBOL/400 language organization, program organization, procedure division statements, and compiler directing statements.  550 pages.  1994.
*SX09-1285*COBOL/400 Reference Summary*m*$9.00
Provides a summary of COBOL/400 statements.  120 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1812*COBOL/400 User's Guide*m*$40.00
Provides the information needed to design, write, test, and maintain COBOL/400 programs on the AS/400 system.  450 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-9162*COBOL/400 V3R6*m*$93.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  COBOL/400 User's Guide (SC09-1812); COBOL/400 Reference (SC09-1813); and COBOL/400 Reference Summary (SX09-1285).
*SC09-1905*CODE/400 Debug Tool*m*$29.00
Provides information about the debugger portion of the CoOperative Development Environment/400.  Gives instructions and examples for using the Debug Tool, and provides a reference section containing the syntax of all Debug Tool commands for the supported languages.  300 pages.  1994.
*GC09-1907*CODE/400 General Information*m*$22.25
Provides high-level information about the V3R1 CoOperative Development Environment/400 (CODE/400) product.  Describes specific features and functions and includes technical information for planning purposes.  50 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1908*CODE/400 Installation*m*$5.00
Provides procedural information for users who will be installing or upgrading the workstation components of V3R1 CODE/400, and planning information for system administrators who will be installing CODE/400 on AS/400 V3R1 host systems.  75 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1908*CODE/400 Installation*m*$10.50
Provides procedural information for users who will be installing or upgrading the workstation components of CODE/400, and planning information for system administrators who will be installing CODE/400 on AS/400 V3R1 host systems.  75 pages.  1994.
*GX09-1297*CODE/400 Keyboard Template*b*$5.00
This keyboard template shows all the fast-path keys for the CoOperative Development Environment/400 (CODE/400) windows.  1994.
*GX09-1296*CODE/400 Quick Reference Card*b*$5.00
This quick reference card lists all the fast path keys for use in the various windows available when using the CoOperative Development Environment/400 (CODE/400) program: editor window, debug window, command log window, design window.  18 pages. 1994.
*SC09-1911*CODE/400 Self-Study Guide*m*$15.00
Provides a tutorial about using the CoOperative Development Environment/400 (CODE/400) to edit, compile, and debug AS/400 applications, as well as using the data description specifications (DDS) design tool to create screens and reports.  140 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-9179*CODE/400 V3R6*m*$54.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  CODE/400 Quick Reference Card (GX09-1296); CODE/400 Keyboard Template (GX09-1297); CODE/400 Debug Tool (SC09-1905); and CODE/400 Self-Study Guide (SC09-1911).
*SC41-3802*Common Programming APIs Toolkit/400 Reference*m*$53.00
Describes considerations for creating, running, and debugging V3R1/V3R2 Common Programming APIs Toolkit/400 (CPA) programs and provides details on APIs supported by CPA.  Also includes examples of CPA programs.  225 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3820*Common Programming APIs Toolkit/400 Reference*m*$53.00
Describes the use of the Common Programming APIs Toolkit/400 (CPA) for those who have installed the CPA Extensions for OS/400 PRPQ.  Includes considerations for creating, running, and debugging CPA programs and provides details on APIs supported by CPA.  Also includes examples of CPA programs.  265 pages.  1995.
*SC41-4802*Common Programming APIs Toolkit/400 Reference*m*$53.00
Describes considerations for creating, running, and debugging V3R6 Common Programming APIs Toolkit/400 (CPA) programs and provides details on APIs supported by CPA.  Also includes examples of CPA programs.  250 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9165*Communications Utilities/400 V3R6*m*$62.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Remote Job Entry (RJE) Guide (SC09-2067) and SNA Distribution Services (SC41-3410).
*SK2T-2838*Connecting Developers with Development: Developers' BookShelf for AS/400*m*$100.00
Brought to you by AS/400 Partners In Development, the Developers'  BookShelf for AS/400 is a solution provider's direct ticket to IBM technical experts and other support offerings.  As THE connection to AS/400 developers and the Rochester Development Lab, AS/400 Partners In Development brings together on CD-ROM a collection of presentations, publications, and programs that will benefit every AS/400 solution provider.  The CD-ROM includes the AS/400 Client/Server Applications Directory (G325-6202).  1995.
*S544-4209*Connecting Personal Printers to IBM Systems*m*$7.15
Gives an overview of some of the possible attachments of Personal Printers to devices in the system environment, such as AS/400, System/36, System/38, S/370 and 9370 Information Systems.  110 pages. 1991.
*GV40-0818*CoOperative Development Environment/400 Demonstration Videotape*v*$15.75
Presents the features, functions, and benefits of CODE/400.  CODE/400 combines the power of  the AS/400 with the versatility of OS/2 Presentation Manager, providing an integrated application development environment.  1993.
*GG24-3877*Cooperative Processing and GUI Interfaces in an AS/400 Environment*r*$50.00
Describes how graphical user interfaces and cooperative processing are implemented between IBM AS/400 systems and IBM PS/2s connected to them.  Examples show the development of the graphical user interface and describe different approaches to cooperative processing using various application program interfaces (APIs).  340 pages.  1993.
*SC26-4399*CPI Communications Reference*m*$18.50
Provides information about writing applications that adhere to the Systems Application Architecture (SAA) Communications interface.  The manual defines the elements of the SAA Communications Common Programming Interface (CPI), which provides a programming interface that allows program-to-program communications using IBM's Systems Network Architecture (SNA) logical unit 6.2 (LU6.2).  700 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3613*CSP/AE Reference*m*$20.00
Provides information on running and managing Cross System Product applications on a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system.  Includes information on commands, application differences, and working with files and objects.  Also included is a section on problem analysis, messages, and codes.  100 pages.  1994.
*LY21-0913*Data Areas - 9402 Model 436 Addendum*m*$75.00
Contains supplemental pages for the S/36 Data Areas manual, LY21-0592, and provides information unique to the 9402 Model 436.
*SC41-3710*Data Management*m*$18.00
Provides information about using files in application programs on a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system.  Includes information on the following topics: fundamental structure and concepts of data management support on the system; overrides and file redirection; copying files by using system commands to copy data from one place to another; tailoring a system using double-byte data.  225 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4710*Data Management*m*$24.00
Provides information about using files in application programs on a V3R6 AS/400 system.  Includes information on the following topics: fundamental structure and concepts of data management support on the system; overrides and file redirection; copying files by using system commands to copy data from one place to another; tailoring a system using double-byte data.  225 pages.  1995.
*GG24-4249*Database 2/400 Advanced Database Functions*r*$75.00
Provides suggestions, guidelines, and practical examples for programmers, analysts, and database designers intending to develop applications based upon DB2/400, which is the relational database manager integrated into the OS/400 operating system, available on the AS/400 platform, about when and how the new functions offered by DB2/400 can be effectively used.  By developing a simple application scenario, the authors show implementations of major database functions such as triggers and referential integrity.  Includes examples developed in RPG, COBOL, and C programming languages using AS/400 SQL data access interface, in both the Integrated Language Environment and the Original Program Model.  Readers should be familiar with the application development environment on the AS/400 platform as well as with the Distributed Database Programming book (SC41-3702) and the ILE Concepts book (SC41-3606).
*SC41-3346*DataPropagator Relational Capture and Apply/400*m*$20.00
Provides information on installing and using the DataPropagator Relational product in the AS/400 environment.  150 pages.  1996.
*SC26-3399*DataPropagator Relational Users Guide*m*$12.25
This manual is for database administrators, LAN administrators, and any other knowledge workers with responsibility for operating DataPropagator Relational, including installing the product, authorizing users, creating control tables, and creating and maintaining copy subscriptions.  Tutorial diskette form number GN68-1295-00 is a technical newsletter to this manual.  200 pages.  1994.
*G325-6221*DB2 for OS/400 - Fast, flexible access to a wealth of critical business information*b*$1.95
This brochure provides an overview of the capabilities of DB2 for OS/400 and outlines key features and associated benefits of DB2 as an OS/400 database server.  4 pages.  1995.
*SC41-4701*DB2 for OS/400 Database Programming*m*$40.00
Provides a detailed discussion of the V3R6 AS/400 database organization, including information on how to create, describe, and update database files on the system.  Also describes how to define files to the system using OS/400 data description specifications (DDS) keywords.  400 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9175*DB2 for OS/400 Query Manager and SQL Development Kit V3R6*m*$173.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  DB2 for OS/400 Query Manager Use (SC41-4212); DB2 for OS/400 SQL Programming (SC41-4611); DB2 for OS/400 SQL Reference (SC41-4612); and DB2 for OS/400 SQL Call Level Interface (SC41-4806).
*SC41-3806*DB2 for OS/400 SQL Call Level Interface*m*$25.00
Provides the information necessary for application programmers to write applications using the V3R2 DB2 call level interface.  225 pages.  1996.  
*SC41-4806*DB2 for OS/400 SQL Call Level Interface*m*$22.00
Provides the information necessary for application programmers to write applications using the V3R6 DB2 call level interface.  225 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3705*DB2 Multisystem for OS/400*m*$7.00
Describes the features of loosely coupled parallelism on V3R2 AS/400.  75 pages.  1996.  
*SC41-3703*DB2/ 400 Query Management Programmer's Guide and Reference*m*$27.50
Provides information for systems running V3R1/V3R2 OS/400 on how to determine database files to be queried for a report, define a structured query language (SQL) query definition, define a report form definition, and use and write procedures that use query management commands.  325 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4703*DB2/ 400 Query Management Programming*m*$25.00
Provides information for systems running V3R6 OS/400 on how to determine database files to be queried for a report, define a structured query language (SQL) query definition, define a report form definition, and use and write procedures that use query management commands.  350 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3700*DB2/400 Database - An Overview*m*$5.00
Provides a high-level discussion of the AS/400 integrated database including information on related products.  Introduces the database to prospective customers and existing customers who are not currently using this integrated function.  50 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3701*DB2/400 Database Programming*m*$60.00
Provides a detailed discussion of the V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 database organization, including information on how to create, describe, and update database files on the system.  Also describes how to define files to the system using OS/400 data description specifications (DDS) keywords.  450 pages.  1996.
*G325-6236*DB2/400 Query Manager and SQL Development Kit*b*$3.20
Provides highlights and benefits of DB2/400 Query Manager and SQL Development Kit.  This brochure, along with DB2/400 Database - An Overview (SC41-3700) and the fact sheets for related products, provides a unified picture of DB2/400 products and solutions.  8 pages. 1995.
*SC41-3212*DB2/400 Query Manager Use*m*$20.00
Provides information about all aspects of the V3R1/V3R2 Query Manager functions.  Query Manager is the menu-based interface for the SQL and Query Manager Development Tool Kit.  Explains the basic concepts behind using Query Manager and how to use its different options.  350 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4212*DB2/400 Query Manager Use*m*$41.00
Provides information about all aspects of the V3R6 Query Manager functions.  Query Manager is the menu-based interface for the SQL and Query Manager Development Tool Kit.  Explains the basic concepts behind using Query Manager and how to use its different options.  375 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6858*DB2/400 QueryManager and SQL DevKit*m*$72.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: DB2/400 Query Manager Use (SC41-3212); DB2/400 SQL Programming (SC41-3611); and DB2/400 SQL Reference (SC41-3612).
*SC41-3611*DB2/400 SQL Programming*m*$56.00
Provides information about how to use V3R1/V3R2 DB2/400 Query Manager and SQL Development kit licensed program.  Shows how to access data in a database library and prepare, run, and test an application program that contains embedded SQL statements.  Contains examples of SQL/400 statements and a description of the interactive SQL function.  Describes common concepts and rules for using SQL/400 statements in COBOL/400, ILE COBOL/400, PL/I, ILE C/400, FORTRAN/400, RPG/400, ILE RPG/400, and REXX.  675 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4611*DB2/400 SQL Programming*m*$60.00
Provides information about how to use V3R6 DB2/400 Query Manager and SQL Development kit licensed program.  Shows how to access data in a database library and prepare, run, and test an application program that contains embedded SQL statements.  Contains examples of SQL/400 statements and a description of the interactive SQL function.  Describes common concepts and rules for using SQL/400 statements in COBOL/400, ILE COBOL/400, PL/I, ILE C/400, FORTRAN/400, RPG/400, ILE RPG/400, and REXX.  700 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3612*DB2/400 SQL Reference*m*$61.00
Provides information about how to use V3R1/V3R2 Structured Query Language/400 DB2/400 statements and gives details about the proper use of the statements.  Examples of statements include syntax diagrams, parameters, and definitions.  A list of SQL limits and a description of the SQL communication area (SQLCA) and SQL descriptor area (SQLDA) are also provided.  525 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4612*DB2/400 SQL Reference*m*$50.00
Provides information about how to use V3R6 Structured Query Language/400 DB2/400 statements and gives details about the proper use of the statements.  Examples of statements include syntax diagrams, parameters, and definitions.  A list of SQL limits and a description of the SQL communication area (SQLCA) and SQL descriptor area (SQLDA) are also provided.  500 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6863*DCE Base Services/400*m*$94.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Introducing the Distributed Computing Environment (GC09-1710); DCE Planning (SC09-1711); DCE Configuring and Getting Started (SC09-1712); DCE Application Development (SC09-1713); DCE Application Development Reference (SC09-1714); DCE Administration (SC09-1715); and DCE Administration Reference (SC09-1716).
*SC09-1715*DCE: Administration Guide*m*$15.00
Provides information about the administration of a distributed computing environment.  Describes DCE administration tasks from an AS/400 perspective.  250 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1716*DCE: Administration Reference*m*$8.00
Provides information about the commands used by administrators working with DCE/400.  150 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1713*DCE: Application Development Guide*m*$47.00
Provides information about writing, compiling, linking, and running distributed applications.  Provides specific information on creating DCE applications for OS/400.  650 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1714*DCE: Application Development Reference*m*$44.00
Provides information about the application programming interfaces that can be used when writing DCE/400 applications.  675 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1712*DCE: Configuring and Getting Started*m*$3.00
Provides information about configuring DCE after installation.  50 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1711*DCE: Planning*m*$6.00
Provides information about planning for the organization and installation of DCE/400.  80 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3712*DDS Reference*m*$71.00
Provides detailed descriptions for coding the data description specifications (DDS) for files that can be described externally.  These files are physical, logical, display, print, and intersystem communications function (ICF) files.  675 pages.  1996.
*SG24-2572*Developing (Real) DCE Applications for OS/400*r*$100.00
Focused on DCE RPC application development in AS/400 DCE Base Services/400, this redbook provides real example applications that are used to demonstrate DCE functionality and interoperability with OS/400 and DB2/400 data.  This redbook uses the AS/400 system primarily as the server of data and an RS/6000 as the client, but any DCE system (including another AS/400 system) can be used as the client due to the portability of the client code written for this project.  This redbook answers many of the questions raised by the system analyst and programmer about how to integrate OSF's DCE into OS/400.  Some knowledge of OSF's DCE, OS/400, and AIX is assumed.  The redbook includes a diskette that contains all of the sample applications.  300 pages.  1996.  
*SC09-1362*DFU List for the S/36 Environment User's Guide and Reference*m*$30.00
Provides a description of the list function of the AS/400 Operating System/400 data file utility (DFU), which creates programs that list files, change existing list programs, and run programs against given files to produce lists.  Also contains practice and reference material that helps the user learn the DFU list function.  100 pages.  1991.
*SC09-1217*DFU/38 User's Guide and Reference*m*$33.00
Provides information about using data file utility/38 (DFU/38) on the AS/400 system.  300 pages.  1988.
*LY44-3900*Diagnostic Aids, Volume 1*m*$180.00
Provides information about error logs, dumps, traces, and other service tools used to determine, isolate, and solve programming problems occurring with V3R1/V3R2 OS/400 and Vertical Licensed Internal Code (VLIC).  889 pages.  1994.
*LY44-3901*Diagnostic Aids, Volume 2*m*$145.00
Contains trace points and VLIC log (VLOG) information for AS/400 V3R1/V3R2 vertical licensed internal code (VLIC) to help diagnose and solve problems.  653 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3702*Distributed Database Programming*m*$46.25
Provides information on preparing and managing an AS/400 system in a distributed relational database using the Distributed Relational Database Architecture (DRDA).  Describes planning, setting up, programming, administering, and operating a distributed relational database on more than one AS/400 system in a like-system environment.  337 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4326*Examples of Using MQSeries on S/390, RISC System/6000, AS/400 and PS/2*r*$60.00
This redbook provides examples of using the MQSeries of products, which implement the Message Queue Interface (MQI).  These products involve messaging using the MQI on a number of IBM and non-IBM platforms.  These products are developed in association between the IBM Corporation and SSI/APERTUS Corp.  Product names include MQMMVS/ESA, MQM/400, and ezBRIDGE Transact.  Although MQSeries involves many platforms, this redbook is primarily limited to messaging involving the MQI as seen from the point of view of AIX Version 3, OS/400, OS/2, and MVS-based systems.  450 pages. 1994.
*SK2T-2700*Experience RPG IV Tutorial*p*$149.00
This is an interactive, self-study tutorial kit that introduces the RPG IV language to RPG III programmers.  It includes a 2-diskette, DOS-based, online tutorial, a workbook, and a reference summary.  The tutorial requires a 386 IBM-compatible PC, DOS 5.0 or OS/2 2.0 (full screen DOS session), 4MB RAM, and 10MB of hard disk space.  1994.
*SC09-1938*Experience RPG IV Workbook*b*$30.00
This workbook includes exercises and additional information designed to complement and supplement each module of the Experience RPG IV Tutorial (SK2T-2700).  The exercises include both desk exercises and computer exercises in which the reader is instructed to code and compile actual programs.  150 pages.  1994..
*SC09-1294*Extended Program Model User's Guide and Reference*m*$12.50
Provides information about the extended program model (EPM).  EPM works with the V3R1/V3R2 OS/400 program to provide some additional functions including a common run-time environment, debugging tools, application library routines, an exception handler, and a session manager.  150 pages.  1990.
*SC41-0572*Facsimile Support for OS/400 Programmer's Guide and Reference*m*$25.50
Provides information for programmers who want to integrate the Facsimile Support/400 product with other AS/400 applications.  Includes information on sending and receiving faxes, programming considerations, security, message handling, problem analysis, and complete information about the Facsimile Support commands.  250 pages.  1995.  
*GG24-3797*Facsimile Support/400 Implementation*r*$50.00
Describes Facsimile Support/400 and provides guidance on the implementation and use of Facsimile Support/400 in applications.  170 pages.  1992.
*SC41-3449*Finance Communications Programming*m*$24.00
Describes how finance support communicates with a controller and how to set up finance support.  Provides information for writing application programs to communicate with application programs on the finance controller.  Also includes coding examples to refer to when developing application programs including new commands and functions, as well as intersystem communications function (ICF) finance support.  Provides information on developing finance communications application programs that use the OS/400 intersystem communications function (OS/400-ICF).  216 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-4681*FORTRAN/400*m*$36.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: FORTRAN/400 Reference (SC41-9844) and FORTRAN/400 User's Guide (SC41-9845).
*SC41-9844*FORTRAN/400 Reference*m*$20.00
Provides information on using the V3R1 FORTRAN/400 programming language.  This manual includes information on FORTRAN characters, names, lines, statements, and execution sequences.  Also included are data types and constants, variables, arrays, character substrings, expressions, control statements, program units and procedures.  Includes information on input/output statements, formatting, and compiler directives.  175 pages.  1991.
*SC41-9845*FORTRAN/400 User's Guide*m*$20.00
Provides information about entering and coding a V3R1 FORTRAN/400 program, compiling a source program, performing input/output operations, running and debugging the program, and using interprogram communication in the FORTRAN environment.  250 pages.  1991.
*SA21-9436*Functions Reference Manual*m*$43.75
This manual provides general functional and interface information that is not available in other customer manuals.  The manual describes the machine instructions and the physical and operating characteristics of the system and the attachments available.  The manual is for reference only and is not an instructional manual.
*SC41-3717*GDDM Programming*m*$40.00
Provides information about using OS/400 graphical data display manager (GDDM) to write graphics application programs.  Includes many example programs and information to help users understand how the product fits into data processing systems.  315 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3718*GDDM Reference*m*$44.00
Provides information about using OS/400 graphical data display manager (GDDM) to write graphics application programs.  This manual provides detailed descriptions of all graphics routines available in GDDM.  Also provides information about high-level language interfaces to GDDM.  400 pages.  1994.
*SC09-2195*Getting Started with VRPG Client*m*$5.00
Provides task-oriented information for developing client/server applications with graphical user interfaces for V3R2/V3R6 AS/400 systems.  400 pages.  1995.
*S544-5319*Guide to Advanced Function Presentation and Print Services Facility*m*$40.00
Provides an overview of Advanced Function Printing (AFP); describes how to use AFP IPDS printers for printing complex electronic documents that incorporate page segments, overlays, and fonts; and uses a single case study throughout to illustrate various AFP concepts.  400 pages.  1996.  
*SC21-7890*Guide to COBOL: System/38, System/36, System/34, Series/1, and 5280*m*$69.00
Information in this manual is intended for both new and experienced COBOL programmers.  When read from cover to cover this manual will increase a new programmer's understanding of COBOL.  In addition, the programming techniques and tips presented with each topic will help an experienced COBOL programmer use the language more effectively.
*G544-3810*IBM AFP Fonts:  Font Summary*m*$5.80
Lists and provides essential information about the fonts available for Advanced Function Printing.  90 pages.  1995.
*S544-3802*IBM AFP Fonts:  Technical Reference for Code Pages*m*$27.00
Shows all code pages for AFP Font Studio.  450 pages.  1995.
*S544-5228*IBM AFP Fonts:  Technical Reference for IBM Expanded Core Fonts*m*$6.05
Contains technical information about AFP fonts:  font characteristics, character identifiers, and so on.  175 pages.  1995.
*G544-3796*IBM AFP Fonts:  Type Transformer User's Guide*m*$12.75
Explains how to use AFP Font Studio Type Transformer to convert AdobeType 1 format SBCS fonts to rasterized or AFP outline fonts that can be used to print.  Also describes tools that are useful for both SBCS and DBCS fonts.  300 pages.  1995.
*GG24-4028*IBM AS/400 Printing III*r*$100.00
This document describes printing functions and products as they relate to AS/400 V2R3.  It gives examples, programming samples, and diagrams.  400 pages.  1993.
*GG24-4389*IBM AS/400 Printing IV*r*$50.00
This document describes printing functions and products as they relate to AS/400 V3R1.  It gives examples, programming samples, and diagrams.  320 pages.  1995.
*SG24-2573*IBM AS/400 Version 3 Communication API Handbook*r*$50.00
This handbook provides in a single place the information that network specialists and application programmers need to determine which of the many IBM AS/400 Communication Application Program Interfaces (APIs) are best suited for their needs.  This handbook starts with some scenarios that exemplify how best to use the handbook.  It then presents many charts and tables that contrast the different APIs, plus a survey that describes the functions and features for each of the AS/400 Communication APIs.  225 pages.  1995.
*GG24-2543*IBM DCE Cross-Platform Guide*r*$40.00
Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Composing Environment (DCE) has been gaining a lot of attention across all IBM platforms and products since IBM endorsed this technology for the Open Blueprint.  It is strategic for communication and distribution services, and many existing products will be integrated with DCE services.  This redbook describes IBM's current and future cross-platform DCE offering.  It discusses the operating system environments and DCE implementation on all IBM platforms as well as user integration, administration, and application development.  Furthermore, it gives an outlook on OSF DCE 1.1 features and many useful sources for more information.  Readers will also gain a better understanding of all (possibly  unfamiliar) IBM platforms and their DCE implementation specifics.  160 pages.  1995.  
*SC41-3442*ICF Programming*m*$48.00
Provides information needed to write application programs that use AS/400 communications and the OS/400 intersystem communications function (OS/400 ICF).  Also contains information on data description specifications (DDS) keywords, system-supplied formats, return codes,  file transfer support, and program examples.  425 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3704*IDDU Use*m*$17.50
Provides information on how to use the AS/400 interactive data definition utility (IDDU) to describe data dictionaries, files, and records to the system.  150 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3602*ILE Application Development Example*m*$18.00
Provides information about how to design and develop applications that use the Integrated Language Environment (ILE) compilers.  Emphasizes not just the "how" but also the "why," as well as the benefits and trade-offs of design decisions.  200 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6843*ILE C/400*m*$82.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1manuals offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: ILE C/400 Programmer's Guide (SC09-1820); ILE C/400 Programmer's Reference (SC09-1821); and ILE C/400 Reference Summary (SX09-1288).
*SC09-1896*ILE C/400 Migration Guide for System C/400 Users*m*$11.00
Provides information on migrating source code from System C/400 to ILE C/400.  50 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1820*ILE C/400 Programmer's Guide*m*$30.00
Provides information on how to develop applications using the V3R1/V3R2 ILE C/400 language.  Includes information about creating, running and debugging programs.  Also includes programming considerations for interlanguage program and procedure calls, locales, handling exceptions, database files, externally described files, and device files.  Describes some performance tips.  An appendix includes information on migrating source code from EPM C/400 to ILE C/400.  400 pages.  1994.
*SC09-2069*ILE C/400 Programmer's Guide*m*$40.00
Provides information on how to develop applications using the V3R6 ILE C/400 language.  Includes information about creating, running and debugging programs.  Also includes programming considerations for interlanguage program and procedure calls, locales, handling exceptions, database, externally described and device files.  Describes some performance tips.  An appendix includes information on migrating source code from EPM C/400 to ILE C/400.  400 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1821*ILE C/400 Programmer's Reference*m*$67.75
Provides information about how to write V3R1/V3R2 ILE C/400 programs that adhere to the Systems Application Architecture C Level 2 definition and use ILE C/400 specific functions such as record I/O.  It also provides information on ILE C/400 machine interface library functions.  900 pages.  1994.
*SC09-2070*ILE C/400 Programmer's Reference*m*$77.00
Provides information about how to write V3R6 ILE C/400 programs that adhere to the Systems Application Architecture C Level 2 definition and use ILE C/400 specific functions such as record I/O.  It also provides information on ILE C/400 machine interface library functions.  900 pages.  1995.
*SX09-1288*ILE C/400 Reference Summary*m*$5.00
Contains a summary of the V3R1/V3R2 ILE C/400 command syntax, SAA C library functions, and ILE C/400 library extensions.  100 pages.  1994.
*SX09-1304*ILE C/400 Reference Summary*m*$5.00
Contains a summary of the V3R6 ILE C/400 command syntax, SAA C library functions, and ILE C/400 library extensions.  100 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9166*ILE C/400 V3R6*m*$142.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: ILE C/400 Programmer's Guide (SC09-2069); ILE C/400 Programmer's Reference (SC09-2070); ILE C/400 Reference Summary (SX09-1304); and ILE Concepts (SC41-4606).
*SBOF-9161*ILE COBOL for OS/400 V3R6*m*$110.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  ILE COBOL/400 Programmer's Guide (SC09-2072); ILE COBOL/400 Reference (SC09-2073); ILE COBOL/400 Reference Summary (SX09-1305); and ILE Concepts (SC41-4606).
*SBOF-6839*ILE COBOL/400*m*$83.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: ILE COBOL/400 Programmer's Guide (SC09-1522); ILE COBOL/400 Reference (SC09-1523); ILE Concepts (SC41-3606); and ILE COBOL/400 Reference Summary (SX09-1260).
*SC09-1522*ILE COBOL/400 Programmer's Guide*m*$31.00
Provides information about how to write, compile, bind, run, debug, and maintain ILE COBOL/400 programs on a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system.  It provides programming information on how to call other ILE COBOL/400 and non-ILE COBOL/400 programs, share data with other programs, use pointers, and handle exceptions.  It also describes how to perform input/output operations on externally attached devices, database files, display files, and ICF files.  476 pages.  1994.
*SC09-2072*ILE COBOL/400 Programmer's Guide*m*$31.00
Provides information about how to write, compile, bind, run, debug, and maintain ILE COBOL/400 programs on a V3R6 AS/400 system.  It provides programming information on how to call other ILE COBOL/400 and non-ILE COBOL/400 programs, share data with other programs, use pointers, and handle exceptions.  It also describes how to perform input/output operations on externally attached devices, database files, display files, and ICF files.  500 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1523*ILE COBOL/400 Reference*m*$39.00
Provides a description of the V3R1/V3R2 ILE COBOL/400 programming language.  It provides information on the structure of the ILE COBOL/400 programming language and the structure of an ILE COBOL/400 source program.  It also provides a description of all Identification Division paragraphs, Environment Division clauses, Data Division clauses, Procedure Division statements, and Compiler-Directing statements.  550 pages.  1994.
*SC09-2073*ILE COBOL/400 Reference*m*$44.00
Provides a description of the V3R6  ILE COBOL/400 programming language.  It provides information on the structure of the ILE COBOL/400 programming language and the structure of an ILE COBOL/400 source program.  It also provides a description of all Identification Division paragraphs, Environment Division clauses, Data Division clauses, Procedure Division statements, and Compiler-Directing statements.  600 pages.  1995
*SX09-1260*ILE COBOL/400 Reference Summary*m*$15.00
Provides quick-reference information on the structure of the V3R1/V3R2 ILE COBOL/400 programming language and the structure of an ILE COBOL/400 source program.  It also provides syntax diagrams of all Identification Division paragraphs, Environment Division clauses, Data Division clauses, Procedure Division statements, and Compiler-Directing statements.  120 pages.  1996.
*SX09-1305*ILE COBOL/400 Reference Summary*m*$15.00
Provides quick reference information on the structure of the V3R6 ILE COBOL/400 programming language and the structure of an ILE COBOL/400 source program.  It also provides syntax diagrams of all Identification Division paragraphs, Environment Division clauses, Data Division clauses, Procedure Division statements, and Compiler-Directing statements.  120 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3606*ILE Concepts*m*$26.00
Explains concepts and terminology pertaining to the Integrated Language Environment (ILE) architecture of the V3R1/V3R2 OS/400 licensed program.  Topics covered include creating modules, binding, running programs, debugging programs, and handling exceptions.  185 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4606*ILE Concepts*m*$20.00
Explains concepts and terminology pertaining to the Integrated Language Environment (ILE) architecture of the V3R6 OS/400 licensed program.  Topics covered include creating modules, binding, running programs, debugging programs, and handling exceptions.  190 pages.  1995.
*GC09-1944*ILE Programming Languages*b*$0.05
This publication provides an overview of the Integrated Language Environment (ILE) family of programming languages containing ILE C, ILE RPG, and ILE COBOL.  It also includes features and benefits.  4 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-9172*ILE RPG for OS/400 V3R6*m*$102.30
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: ILE RPG/400 Programmer's Guide (SC09-2074); ILE RPG/400 Reference (SC09-2077); ILE RPG Reference Summary (SX09-1306); and ILE Concepts (SC41-4606).
*SX09-1261*ILE RPG Reference Summary*m*$8.30
Provides information about the RPG III and RPG IV programming languages for V3R1/V3R2.  This manual contains tables and lists for all specifications and operations in both languages.  A key is provided to map RPG III specifications and operations to RPG IV specifications and operations.  60 pages.  1996.
*SX09-1306*ILE RPG Reference Summary*m*$8.30
Provides information about the RPG III and RPG IV programming languages for V3R6.  This manual contains tables and lists for all specifications and operations in both languages.  A key is provided to map RPG III specifications and operations to RPG IV specifications and operations.  60 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6856*ILE RPG/400*m*$53.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: ILE RPG/400 Programmer's Guide (SC09-1525); ILE RPG/400 Reference  (SC09-1526); and ILE RPG/400 Reference Summary (SX09-1261).
*SC09-1525*ILE RPG/400 Programmer's Guide*m*$25.00
Provides information about the V3R1/V3R2 ILE RPG/400 programming language, which is an implementation of the RPG IV language in the Integrated Language Environment (ILE) on the AS/400 system.  It includes information on creating and running programs, with considerations for procedure calls and interlanguage programming.  The guide also covers debugging and exception handling and explains how to use AS/400 files and devices in RPG programs.  Appendixes include information on migration to RPG IV and sample compiler listings.  It is intended for people with a basic understanding of data processing concepts and of the RPG language.  400 pages.  1994.
*SC09-2074*ILE RPG/400 Programmer's Guide*m*$34.00
Provides information about the V3R6 ILE RPG/400 programming language, which is an implementation of the RPG IV language in the Integrated Language Environment (ILE) on the AS/400 system.  It includes information on creating and running programs, with considerations for procedure calls and interlanguage programming.  The guide also covers debugging and exception handling and explains how to use AS/400 files and devices in RPG programs.  Appendixes include information on migration to RPG IV and sample compiler listings.  It is intended for people with a basic understanding of data processing concepts and of the RPG language.  450 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1526*ILE RPG/400 Reference*m*$33.00
Provides information about the V3R1/V3R2 RPG/400 programming language.  This manual describes, position by position and keyword by keyword, the valid entries for all RPG IV specifications, and provides a detailed description of all the operation codes and built-in functions.  This manual also contains information on the RPG logic cycle, arrays and tables, editing functions, and indicators.  500 pages.  1994.
*SC09-2077*ILE RPG/400 Reference*m*$40.00
Provides information about the V3R6 ILE RPG/400 programming language.  This manual describes, position by position and keyword by keyword, the valid entries for all RPG IV specifications, and provides a detailed description of all the operation codes and built-in functions.  This manual also contains information on the RPG logic cycle, arrays and tables, editing functions, and indicators.  575 pages.  1995.
*GC09-1949*ILE RPG/400: The Next Generation of RPG Is Here*b*$0.05
This article, written by independent consultant Rick DeShone, reviews the new version of RPG/400, discusses the enhancements, and gives examples of how the enhancements are used.  2 pages.  1994.
*SC09-2188*Installing Application Development ToolSet Client Server for OS/400*m*$N/A
Provides procedural information for users who will be installing the V3R2/V3R6 ADTS CS/400 product on their workstations.  70 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1850*Installing VRPG Client/2*m*$4.00
Provides procedural information for users who will be installing the VRPG Client/2 product (V3R1).  50 pages.  1994.
*G325-6305*Integrated file system - the road to openness and application portability*b*$0.85
This brochure describes the functions and benefits of the integrated file system. The integrated file system is the part of OS/400 that supports UNIX and PC-like storage management, stream input/output and an integrated user interface across all file systems.  4 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3711*Integrated File System Introduction*m*$8.00
Provides an overview of the V3R1/V3R2 OS/400 integrated file system, which includes: what it is; why you might want to use it; the interfaces you can use to interact with it; the APIs and techniques you can use in programs that interact with it; characteristics of individual file systems.  100 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4711*Integrated File System Introduction*m*$7.00
Provides an overview of the V3R6 OS/400 integrated file system, which includes: what it is; why you might want to use it; concepts and terminology; the interfaces you can use to interact with it; the APIs and techniques you can use in programs that interact with it; and characteristics of individual file systems.  100 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3603*International Application Development*m*$35.00
Provides information about designing functions that are sensitive to national languages; supporting various types of hardware support; translating your application; making your application available worldwide.  460 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3447*Intrasystem Communications Programming*m*$17.00
Provides information about interactive communications between two application programs on the same AS/400 system.  Describes the communications operations that can be coded into a program that uses intrasystem communications support to communicate with another program.  Also provides information on developing intrasystem communications application programs that use the OS/400 intersystem communications function (OS/400-ICF).  134 pages.  1994.
*GC09-2088*Introducing ADTS for OS/400 and the AS/400 Server Access Programs*b*$5.00
Provides information about the V3R6 Application Development ToolSet/400 (ADTS/400), giving an overview of the individual utilities, how they work together, and what the business advantages are of using them.  It also gives a brief introduction to CODE/400 and VRPG Client as ADTS/400 is a prerequisite for these products.  25 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1939*Introducing ADTS/400 and the AS/400 Server Access Programs*b*$5.00
Provides information about the V3R1/V3R2 Application Development ToolSet/400 (ADTS/400), giving an overview of the individual utilities, how they work together, and what the business advantages are of using them.  It also gives a brief introduction to CODE/400 and VRPG Client as ADTS/400 is a prerequisite for these products.  50 pages.  1996.
*GC09-1710*Introducing the Distributed Computing Environment*b*$8.15
Provides information about the uses and benefits of including DCE/400 as part of your information processing environment.  Intended for system managers and technical planners.  8 pages.  1994.
*GY25-0115*Introducing VisualAge: A Powerful New Vision of Programming*p*$2.40
This demo diskette introduces VisualAge, an application-building power tool that helps you create advanced business applications for client/server environments in a fraction of the time normally required.  You can design intuitive and consistent graphical user interfaces, while leveraging your investment in existing code.  Learn object-oriented technology at your own pace, with the goal of moving large-scale team development into an object-oriented environment.  3.5-inch diskette.  1994.
*SC09-1934*Introduction to Application Development*m*$5.00
This guide introduces the V3R1 Application Development Tool Set Client Server/400 program, which consists of CODE/400 and VRPG Client/2.  It describes ways to install and use these two component products effectively together.   75 pages.  1994.
*GC09-2189*Introduction to Application Development ToolSet Client Server for OS/400*m*$5.00
This guide introduces the V3R2/V3R6 Application Development ToolSet Client Server program, which consists of CODE/400 and VRPG Client.  Gives an overview of the two features and describes at a high level how to create a client/server application.  50 pages.  1995.
*SC41-0044*KnowledgeTool/400 User's Guide*m*$33.25
Provides an introduction to the KnowledgeTool/400 products:  KnowledgeTool Development/400 and KnowledgeTool Runtime/400.  Also includes information about using these software tools to develop and integrate knowledge-based applications for AS/400.  250 pages.  1991.
*SC09-1910*LPEX Command Reference*m*$15.00
Provides the information needed to use the Live Parsing Extensible (LPEX) Editor, and provides a summary of the LPEX commands.  310 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4810*Machine Interface Functional Reference*m*$257.00
Describes the machine interface instruction set for V3R6.  Describes the functions that can be performed by each instruction and also the necessary information to code each instruction.  1300 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3810*Machine Interface Specifications*m*$230.00
Describes the machine interface instruction set for V3R1/V3R2.  Describes the functions that can be performed by each instruction and also the necessary information to code each instruction.  1100 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4006*Mainframe CICS to CICS/400 V2R2 Migration Cookbook*r*$75.00
Describes points to consider when migrating an application from an enterprise systems CICS platform, such as MVS or VSE, to CICS/400 V2R2.  Provides an introduction to the fundamentals of CICS/400, guidance for coding in COBOL/400 for CICS on an AS/400, and information about facilities and restrictions concerning application migration,.  172 pages.  1993.
*GG24-4358*Moving to Integrated Language Environment for RPG IV*r*$65.00
This document is unique in its detailed coverage of the new RPG IV language and aspects of the Integrated Language Environment. The purpose of this document is to provide an introduction to the RPG IV language and guidelines for implementing applications using the Integrated Language Environment. The publication ILE Concepts, SC41-3606, should be considered a prerequisite to this publication.  This document is intended for experienced programmers, analysts, and implementers responsible for the creation and maintenance of application programs on the AS/400.  It is helpful if the reader has a fairly good background in the AS/400 programming environment.  250 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6849*MQ Series*m*$148.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1manuals offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: MQSeries Introduction to Messaging and Queuing (GC33-0805); MQSeries Planning Guide (GC33-1349); MQSeries API Guide (SC33-0807); MQSeries Message Queue Interface Technical Reference (SC33-0850); MQSeries Distributed Queue Management Guide (SC33-1139); MQSeries Programmable Command Formats (SC33-1228); and MQSeries Command Reference (SC33-1369).
*SC33-0807*MQSeries Application Programming Guide*m*$48.60
Describes how to design and code applications that use the Message Queue Interface (MQI) for MQSeries products.  500 pages.  1995.
*SC33-1673*MQSeries Application Programming Reference*m*$29.75
Describes the programming interface for the MQSeries family of products, which implements the Message Queue Interface (MQI).  The book also describes how to build an executable application and shows the sample programs that are provided with the product.  275 pages.  1996.  
*SX33-6095*MQSeries Application Programming Reference Summary*m*$14.75
Contains summary information on the message queue interface (MQI) calls and the programmable command formats (PCFs), with their related constants and structures.  It also summarizes the attributes for MQSeries objects.  100 pages.  1996.  
*SC33-1369*MQSeries Command Reference*m*$7.80
Provides information about the commands that can be used to control the operational environment of the MQSeries for OS/400 or Message Queue Manager/400 (MQM/400) program in an MQSeries network.  220 pages.  1996.
*G511-1908*MQSeries Family Brochure*b*$3.45
The MQSeries family brochure describes how the MQSeries product can be used to provide commercial messaging in a network of IBM and non-IBM systems.  The brochure also describes the benefits of MQSeries, and shows how MQSeries can add value in different environments and different enterprises, from the smallest to the largest.  8 pages.  1994.
*SC33-1363*MQSeries for OS/400 Application Programming Reference (C and COBOL)*m*$28.00
Describes the programming interface for the MQSeries for OS/400 product, which implements the Message Queue Interface (MQI).  Describes how to build executable C and COBOL programs, and shows sample programs.  250 pages.  1995.
*SC33-1362*MQSeries for OS/400 Application Programming Reference (RPG)*m*$28.25
Describes the programming interface for the MQSeries for OS/400 product, which implements the Message Queue Interface (MQI).  Describes how to build an executable RPG program and shows sample programs.  250 pages.  1996.
*GC33-0805*MQSeries Introduction to Messaging and Queuing*m*$1.95
Defines the problems solved by IBM MQSeries products, explains how Messaging and Queuing works, examines its chief benefits, provides a small amount of technical detail about messages and message queues, and examines some typical "real world" uses.  50 pages.  1995.
*SC33-0850*MQSeries Message Queue Interface Technical Reference*m*$24.50
Introduces the IBM MQSeries Message Queue Interface (MQI), and gives a detailed description of the function calls, together with the associated data types and attributes.  200 pages.  1994.
*GC33-1349*MQSeries Planning Guide*m*$19.50
Describes the planning tasks that need to be completed before and after installing the MQSeries licensed programs.  100 pages.  1994.
*SC33-1228*MQSeries Programmable Command Formats*m*$23.00
Describes the MQSeries programmable command formats (PCFs) that can be used by the Message Queue Manager/400 programs.  PCFs are the formats of command and reply messages that are sent between a system management application (or other program) and an MQSeries queue manager, for remote administration of MQSeries systems.  175 pages.  1995.
*SC33-1482*MQSeries Programmable System Management*m*$47.00
Describes how to manage a network of MQSeries systems, through the use of programmable command formats, and how to monitor the changes caused by events that occur within the network.  The information applies to the MQSeries family of products.  500 pages.  1996.  
*SC41-0223*Neural Network Utility/400 Installation and User's Guide*m*$58.75
Artificial neural networks are massively parallel computing models.  The AS/400 Neural Network Utility Version 2 (NNU) is a set of programs that enables application programmers to create, train and embed neural networks in applications on AS/400 and PS/2 systems.  This publication gives an overview of neural networks and applications; a section on the AS/400 environment and a section on the PC environment.  225 pages.  1994.
*SC41-0222*Neural Network Utility/400 Programmer's Reference*m*$73.50
This manual is a technical reference for application programmers using the Neural Network Utility/400 API function calls for AS/400 computer applications.  It presents details of APIs for application programmers to use when calling NNU services directly from a high-level language.  200 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4290*Object Technology in Application Development*r*$22.00
This redbook is a comprehensive guide to applying object-oriented technology in large-scale environments. An ideal guide for managers and developers exploring the transformation of business as usual in the face of the object revolution, this manual is unique in its focus on the development of applications and how this process is transformed by the use of object-oriented technology. Coverage ranges from the basics of object-oriented technology to advanced implementation concepts and includes a detailed discussion of management issues.  The authors demonstrate the ups, downs, and trade-offs involved in using object-oriented technology to help managers make choices about the resources available and the decisions required for their application development environments.  They fully explore the transition from legacy systems to object-oriented systems, as well as the development of new applications from the ground up.  Examples from a variety of real, full-scale environments examine what worked, what didn't, and how the results increased productivity, improved product quality, reduced the development interval, and increased responsiveness to changing customer requirements.  225 pages.  1994.
*SR28-5765*Object-Oriented Application Frameworks*m*$34.95
Frameworks are object-oriented programming environments for vertical application areas.  This manual is the first to survey this exciting new technology, its concepts, and practical applications.  Considered the next step in the evolution of OOP, framework technology is at the center stage of the software strategies of Taligent, IBM, HP, Microsoft, and Apple.  This manual covers real-world commercial and public-domain frameworks: MacApp, ET++, Taligent's FrameWorks, UniDraw, and ProGraph.  It illustrates how the technology  is used in applications and languages.  350 pages.  1995.
*SH21-0703*Office Services Concepts and Programmer's Guide*m*$78.00
Provides information about writing applications that use OfficeVision/400 functions.  This book also introduces OfficeVision/400 application program interfaces (APIs).  706 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4072*OfficeVision/400 Application Enabler V2R3*r*$75.00
This document describes the concepts and configurations of the OV/400 Application Enabler.  It assumes a knowledge of OV/400, CL, and RPG.  212 pages.  1993.
*SC41-0035*Optical Library DataServer Support/400 PRPQ User's Guide*m*$40.00
This manual serves as the User's Guide and Technical Reference for the Optical Library Dataserver Support/400 product (PRPQ 5799-XBK) and explains the functions unique to that product.  300 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-6836*OS/400 CL Programming*m*$68.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: CL Programming (SC41-3721) and Programming Reference Summary (SX41-3720).
*SBOF-8823*OS/400 CL Programming V3R2*m*$69.75
This form number indicates a selection of V3R2 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  CL Programming (SC41-3721); and Programming Reference Summary (SX41-3720).  
*SBOF-9159*OS/400 CL Programming V3R6*m*$336.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: CL Programming (SC41-4721); Programming Reference Summary (SX41-4720); and CL Reference (SC41-4722).
*SBOF-9154*OS/400 Communications Programming Support V3R6*m*$220.50
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: CPI Communications Reference (SC26-4399); ICF Programming (SC41-3442); APPC Programming (SC41-3443); Asynchronous Communications Programming (SC41-3444); BSC Equivalence Link Programming (SC41-3445); SNA Upline Facility Programming (SC41-3446); Intrasystem Communications Programming (SC41-3447); Retail Communications Programming (SC41-3448); and Finance Communications Programming (SC41-3449).
*SBOF-6833*OS/400 Database*m*$77.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Sort User's Guide and Reference (SC09-1826); DB2/400 Database - An Overview (SC41-3700); DB2/400 Database Programming (SC41-3701); Distributed Database Programming (SC41-3702); DB2/400 Query Management Programming (SC41-3703); and IDDU Use (SC41-3704).
*SBOF-8820*OS/400 Database V3R2*m*$176.25
This form number indicates a selection of V3R2 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  Sort User's Guide and Reference (SC09-1826); DB2/400 Database - An Overview (SC41-3700); DB2 for OS/400 Database Programming (SC41-3701);  Distributed Database Programming (SC41-3702); DB2 for OS/400 Query Management Programming (SC41-3703); IDDU Use (SC41-3704); and DB2 Multisystem for OS/400 (SC41-3705).  
*SBOF-9156*OS/400 Database V3R6*m*$112.50
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  DB2/400 Database - An Overview (SC41-3700); DB2 for OS/400 Database Programming (SC41-4701); Distributed Database Programming (SC41-3702); DB2 for OS/400 Query Management Programming (SC41-4703); and IDDU Use (SC41-3704).
*SBOF-6834*OS/400 Device/File Management*m*$132.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Distributed Data Management (SC41-3307); Data Management (SC41-3710); DDS Reference (SC41-3712); Printer Device Programming (SC41-3713); Application Display Programming (SC41-3715); and Tape and Diskette Device Programming (SC41-3716).
*SBOF-8821*OS/400 Device/File Management V3R2*m*$294.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R2 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  Distributed Data Management (SC41-3307); Automated Tape Library Planning and Management (SC41-3309); Workstation Customization Programming (SC41-3605); Data Management (SC41-3710); DDS Reference (SC41-3712); Printer Device Programming (SC41-3713); Application Display Programming (SC41-3715); and Tape and Diskette Device Programming (SC41-3716).  
*LY44-4907*OS/400 Diagnostic Aids*m*$70.00
Contains information about traces and other service tools and procedures used to determine, isolate, and resolve software problems related to the OS/400 program.  It also provides information about problem management, resource and configuration management, OS/400 install, and AS/400 IPL phases.  The information in this manual can be used to help solve service problems that persist after normal problem analysis and resolution procedures fail.  350 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9190*OS/400 GDDM V3R6*m*$84.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  GDDM Programming (SC41-3717) and GDDM Reference (SC41-3718).
*SBOF-6835*OS/400 Open Environment Support*m*$17.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Sockets Programming (SC41-3422) and Integrated File System Introduction (SC41-3711).
*SBOF-8822*OS/400 Open Environment Support V3R2*m*$23.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R2 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  Sockets Programming (SC41-3422); and Integrated File System Introduction (SC41-3711).  
*SBOF-9158*OS/400 Open Environment Support V3R6*m*$21.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Sockets Programming (SC41-4422) and Integrated File System Introduction  (SC41-4711).
*SBOF-9188*OS/400 Print Manager V3R6*m*$28.50
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: SAA CPI PrintManager Reference (S544-3698); and PrintManager API Reference (S544-3699).
*SBOF-9160*OS/400 REXX/400 V3R6*m*$40.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  REXX/400 Reference (SC24-5740) and REXX/400 Programmer's Guide (SC24-5739).
*SBOF-9187*OS/400 System APIs V3R6*m*$548.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  System API Reference (SC41-4801); System API Programming (SC41-3800); and Common Programming APIs Toolkit/400 Reference (SC41-4802).
*SBOF-8814*OS/400 System/36 Support V3R2*m*$92.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R2 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  System/36 Environment Programming (SC41-3730); System/36 Environment Reference (SC41-3731); and System/36-AS/400 Command Cross-Reference (SX41-3732).  
*SC41-3428*OSI File Services/400 Programming*m*$30.00
Provides information about transferring or managing files on a local or remote systems using the application program interface of OSI File Services.  250 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1845*Pascal Reference*m*$24.00
Provides information about using the AS/400 Pascal programming language.  It includes information you can refer to while using AS/400 Pascal such as a detailed description of the program structure, declarations, data types, routines, variables, and statements in Pascal.  250 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1844*Pascal User's Guide*m*$20.00
Provides information about how to use the AS/400 Pascal compiler.  The manual explains how to enter, compile, run, and debug AS/400 Pascal programs.  It also describes how to use input and output (I/O) functions and storage.  200 pages.  1994.
*SX09-1290*PL/I Reference Summary*m*$15.00
Provides a summary of the AS/400 PL/I commands and syntax.  150 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1825*PL/I User's Guide and Reference*m*$48.00
Provides information about using AS/400 PL/I in the System/38 environment.  Differences between the System/38 environment and the AS/400 environment are identified as well as the enhancements available in the AS/400 environment.  525 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-9189*Point-of-Sale Communications Utility V3R6*m*$35.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  Point-of-Sale Communications Utility for OS/400 Support (SC41-4450); and Retail Communications Programming (SC41-3448).
*SC41-3713*Printer Device Programming*m*$74.00
Provides information to help you understand and control printing.  Also includes an appendix of control language (CL) commands used to manage printing workload.  A list of fonts available for use with the AS/400 system are also provided.  Font substitution tables provide a cross reference of substituted fonts if attached printers do not support application-specified fonts.  650 pages.  1996.
*S544-3699*PrintManager API Reference*m*$13.25
Provides information the user needs to create and maintain print descriptors used by the PrintManager interface.  275 pages.  1991. 
*LY21-0912*Program Service Information - 9402 Model 436 Addendum*m*$30.00
Contains supplemental pages to the S/36 Program Service Information manual, LY21-0590, and provides information unique to the 9402 Model 436.
*SX41-3720*Programming Reference Summary*m*$40.00
Provides quick and easy access to summary information about many of the languages and utilities available on the V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system.  500 pages.  1996.
*SX41-4720*Programming Reference Summary*m*$40.00
Provides quick and easy access to summary information about many of the languages and utilities available on the V3R6 AS/400 system..  This is quick reference information about V3R6 AS/400 commands, APIs, DDS, objects, system values, etc.  600 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1852*Programming with VRPG Client/2*m*$30.00
Provides task-oriented information for developing client/server applications with Graphical User Interfaces in V3R1.  150 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1218*Query/38 User's Guide and Reference*m*$41.00
Provides information about using Query/38 on the AS/400 system.  375 pages.  1988.
*SC41-3210*Query/400 Use*m*$25.00
Describes how to use V3R1/V3R2 Query/400 to get data from any database file.  It describes how to sign on to Query, and how to define and run queries to create reports containing the selected data.  This manual describes all the tasks for defining the query of one or more files, the way the report is to look when the query is run, and whether the report is to be displayed, printed, or put in a database file.  150 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4210*Query/400 Use*m*$16.00
Describes how to use V3R6 Query/400 to get data from any database file.  It describes how to sign on to Query, and how to define and run queries to create reports containing the selected data.  This manual describes all the tasks for defining the query of one or more files, the way the report is to look when the query is run, and whether the report is to be displayed, printed, or put in a database file.  150 pages.  1995.
*G544-3771*Quick Reference for Advanced Function Printing Compatibility Fonts Available with OS/400 Version 2*b*$0.80
Provides a quick reference to information about character sets, code pages, machine requirements, and operating requirements for a number of compatibility fonts included in OS/400 Version 2 for use in printing on 240 dots-per-inch, non-impact printers supported by AS/400 software.  8 pages.  1992  .
*SC09-1903*Remote Job Entry (RJE) Guide*m*$22.50
Provides information about V3R1/V3R2 RJE that will help you install, configure, use, troubleshoot, and maintain the product.  480 pages.  1996.
*SC09-2067*Remote Job Entry (RJE) Guide*m*$38.00
Provides information about V3R6 RJE that will help you install, configure, use, troubleshoot, and maintain the product.  450 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3448*Retail Communications Programming*m*$20.00
Describes how to set up and use retail communications.  Includes information about creating communications definitions for retail communications as well as information on writing retail communications applications and using SNA pass-through, retail pass-through, and retail communications.  Also includes information on how to write application programs to communicate with programs on point-of-sale controllers.  140 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-6837*REXX/400*m*$36.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: REXX/400 Reference (SC24-5664) and REXX/400 Programmer's Guide (SC24-5665).
*SC24-5665*REXX/400 Programmer's Guide*m*$20.00
Provides a wide-ranging discussion of programming with REXX on the V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system.  Provides useful programming information and examples to those who are new to REXX/400, and it provides information about the REXX/400 implementation to those who have used REXX in other computing environments.  250 pages.  1994.
*SC24-5739*REXX/400 Programmer's Guide*m*$20.00
Provides a wide-ranging discussion of programming with REXX on the V3R6 AS/400 system.  Provides useful programming information and examples to those who are new to REXX/400 and to provide those who have used REXX in other computing environments with information about the REXX/400 implementation.  250 pages.  1995.
*SC24-5664*REXX/400 Reference*m*$20.00
Provides information on writing programs for the V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system using the REXX/400 programming language.  Includes an overview of the REXX/400 concepts, information on using keyword instructions syntax, function syntax, numerics and arithmetic.  Also includes information on understanding conditions and condition trapping, using input and output streams, testing, and double-byte character set (DBCS) support information.  212 pages.  1994.
*SC24-5740*REXX/400 Reference*m*$20.00
Provides information on writing programs for the V3R6 AS/400 system using the REXX/400 programming language.  Includes an overview of the REXX/400 concepts, information on using keyword instructions syntax, function syntax, numerics and arithmetic.  Also includes information on understanding conditions and condition trapping, using input and output streams, testing, and double-byte character set (DBCS) support information.  225 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-4678*RM/COBOL-85 for the AS/400*m*$41.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this grouping include: RM/COBOL-85 for the AS/400 User's Guide (SC41-9865) and RM/COBOL-85 for the AS/400 Reference (SC41-9866).
*SC41-9866*RM/COBOL-85 for the AS/400 Reference*m*$28.00
Provides information to write programs for V3R1 AS/400 using the RM/COBOL-85 programming language.  375 pages.  1991.
*SC41-9865*RM/COBOL-85 for the AS/400 User's Guide*m*$17.50
Provides information needed to write, test, and maintain V3R1 RM/COBOL-85 programs on the AS/400 system.  This manual also includes information on entering, coding, compiling, and running an RM/COBOL-85 program and converting from System/36 RM/COBOL applications.  175 pages.  1991.
*SX09-1164*RPG Reference Summary*m*$9.05
Provides information on error handling, summaries of the HFELICO specifications, syntax of RPG operations, and information on edit codes.  50 pages.  1992.
*SBOF-6855*RPG/400*m*$70.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: RPG/400 User's Guide (SC09-1816); RPG/400 Reference (SC09-1817); and RPG/400 Reference Summary (SX09-1164).
*SBOF-9173*RPG/400 (RPG III) V3R6*m*$89.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  RPG/400 User's Guide (SC09-1816) and RPG/400 Reference (SC09-1817).
*SC09-1817*RPG/400 Reference*m*$35.00
Provides information needed to write programs for the AS/400 system using the RPG/400 programming language.  This manual describes, position by position, the valid entries for all RPG specification forms.  It also provides a detailed description of all the operation codes.  This manual also contains information on the RPG logic cycle, arrays and tables, editing functions, and indicators.  450 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1816*RPG/400 User's Guide*m*$54.00
Provides information needed to design, code, compile, and test RPG/400 programs on the AS/400 system.  The manual provides information on data structures, data formats, file processing, multiple file processing, the automatic report function, RPG command statements, testing and debugging functions, application design techniques, problem analysis, and compiler service information.  The differences between the RPG/400 compiler, the System/38 environment RPG III compiler, and the System/36-compatible RPG II compiler are also discussed.  600 pages.  1994.
*SC21-7942*S/36 Assembler Messages*m*$4.00
This manual lists and explains Assembler program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the ASM message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-7943*S/36 BASIC Messages*m*$12.00
This manual lists and explains BASIC program messages that appear on your display station or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the BAS message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-9012*S/36 BASIC Summary*m*$8.00
This manual summarizes formats and functions of the System/36 BASIC commands and statements.  It is intended as a quick reference for programmers, system console operators, and display station operators.
*SC21-7941*S/36 COBOL Messages*m*$5.00
This manual lists and explains COBOL program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the CBL message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-9013*S/36 COBOL Summary*m*$6.00
This manual summarizes formats and functions of the System/36 COBOL commands   and statements.  It is intended as a quick reference for programmers, system console operators, and display station operators.
*SC21-9019*S/36 Concepts and Programmer's Guide*m*$44.00
This manual tells the application programmer how System/36 works, how to design and develop carefully planned applications that make the best use of system resources and features, and how to design and develop application components.  Actual coding requires the use of other manuals in the System/36 library.  The comprehensive glossary and index make this manual understandable and easy to use.
*SC21-7902*S/36 Creating Displays: Screen Design Aid (SDA) and SSP*m*$27.00
This manual describes how to use SDA or the SSP to create and maintain menus and display formats.  This manual also describes how to use SDA to create RPG II WORKSTN file specifications and WSU programs, to create and maintain source and procedure members using SEU through SDA, and to view, print, and compile display formats.  This manual is written for the system console operator and application programmer.
*LY21-0592*S/36 Data Areas*m*$188.00
This manual provides the program support representative with information on individual data areas and on system components.  It also includes an appendix on Numeric Conversion Aids.  This manual is primarily a reference tool.
*SC21-7900*S/36 Data File Utility (DFU) Guide*m*$21.00
This manual contains step-by-step examples and the reference material needed to write DFU programs to create, update, inquire into, and print data files.  This manual should be read by the display station operator or inexperienced DFU user for a description of how to set up and run a DFU program.  It should also be used by the programmer or experienced user for reference or as a review of DFU.
*SC09-1085*S/36 Development Support Utility Guide*m*$11.00
This manual is intended for the new or experienced DSU user.  It allows the user to edit, enter, change, or delete a full screen of statements in a source or procedure member.  This manual contains a general description of what the development support utility is and how it works.  It includes examples of using DSU, as well as reference material on DSU.
*SC21-7869*S/36 Distributed Disk File Facility Reference Manual*m*$13.00
This manual is intended for programmers who use the Distributed Disk File Facility (DDFF).  The manual explains how to install, set up, and operate DDFF.  It also provides a step-by-step approach to problem determination, which is designed to aid programming service personnel in supporting DDFF.  DDFF extends the existing system disk data management and the Interactive Communications Feature (SSP-ICF) to allow an application program running on a source System/34 to access files stored on a target System/34, System/36, or System/3 Model 15D.  DDFF makes it easier to distribute data processing between two or more systems.
*SC21-9055*S/36 FORTRAN IV Messages*m*$3.00
This manual lists and explains FORTRAN IV program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the FORT message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-9041*S/36 Overlay Linkage Editor Guide*m*$11.00
This manual is intended for programmers who plan to run the Overlay Linkage Editor themselves rather than have a compiler call it automatically.  The manual first introduces the concept of link-editing, and then explains the overlay areas of main storage and how the Overlay Linkage Editor assigns overlays to them.  Also included are a reference to the procedure and control statements that run the Overlay Linkage Editor and examples of overlay programs designed with control statements.
*SC21-9024*S/36 Procedures and Commands Summary*m*$30.00
This manual shows the syntax diagrams and summarizes the purposes of the System/36 procedures, control commands, operation control language (OCL) statements, and procedure control expressions.  It also includes a section on the use of a System/36 display station.  This information is intended for programmers, system operators, and display station operators.
*LY21-0590*S/36 Program Service Information*m*$178.00
This manual provides the information that IBM service representatives need to perform program support activities on SSP (System/36) programming and program products for which they are responsible.  To use this manual effectively, you should have completed either SSP program support training or System/36 support-level CE/CSR training.
*SC21-7908*S/36 Programming with Assembler*m*$25.00
This manual is intended for the experienced programmer who will be using the System/36 Assembler and Macroprocessor Licensed Program.  It explains the relationship of assembler language to machine language and tells how to code, assemble, follow, and debug assembler programs.  It also includes information about how to create, store, and call macroinstructions.
*SC21-9003*S/36 Programming with BASIC*m*$66.00
This manual describes the System/36 BASIC programming language.  It contains programmer's guide information and reference information for persons with some knowledge of the BASIC language and some experience in programming with BASIC.
*SC21-9007*S/36 Programming with COBOL*m*$64.00
This manual contains programmer guide information and reference material that can assist a COBOL programmer with programs on System/36.  The reference material in this manual is based on and supports the 1974 ANS COBOL standard.
*SC21-9005*S/36 Programming with FORTRAN IV*m*$41.00
This manual is intended for programmers who want to write FORTRAN programs for the System/36.  It describes how to code FORTRAN statements, and the statements needed to compile, link-edit, and run FORTRAN programs.  This manual also describes how to use the supplied procedures to enter, update, compile, and run FORTRAN programs and how to use the supplied service subprograms and commercial subroutines.  The reference material in this manual is based on and supports the 1966 ANS FORTRAN standard.
*SC21-9006*S/36 Programming with RPG II*m*$83.00
This manual is a programmer's guide and reference for the RPG II language on the IBM System/36.  It is intended for people who have a basic understanding of data processing concepts and of the RPG II language.  The guide portion of the manual explains how to design, code, enter, compile, test, and run RPG II programs.  The reference portion of the manual includes the RPG program cycle, the valid entries for each column of each RPG specification sheet, a storage dump of an RPG program, and the differences between the way RPG II programs run on System/36 and the way they run on System/34.
*SC21-7940*S/36 RPG II Messages*m*$7.00
This manual lists and explains RPG II program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the RPG message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-7903*S/36 Sort Guide*m*$19.00
This manual tells the application programmer how to use the sort program to arrange records in a data file into a specific sequence, drop records from a file, reformat records in a file, and merge records into one file.
*SC21-7901*S/36 Source Entry Utility (SEU) Guide*m*$11.00
This manual is intended for the new or experienced SEU user.  It helps the user enter or make changes to statements in a source or procedure member.  This manual contains a general description of what the source entry utility is and how it works.  It includes examples of using SEU, as well as reference material on SEU.
*SC21-9020*S/36 System Reference*m*$89.00
You already have the S/36 Procedures and Commands Summary; here is its much larger companion.  This manual documents procedures, control commands, operation control language statements, and procedure control expressions supplied with the system support program and other program products.  A directory to using the system support and a comprehensive index make information retrieval quick and easy.
*SC21-7939*S/36 Utilities Messages*m*$7.00
This manual lists and explains utilities program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the SEU, DFU, WSU, and SDA message identification codes.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-7905*S/36 Work Station Utility (WSU) Guide
This reference manual and guide is for WSU programmers and operators to use to code, debug, and run WSU programs.  This manual can be used to understand WSU features and concepts; to define files used by WSU programs; to code WSU specifications for a WSU program; to understand WSU command keys, function keys, and the WSU menu; to understand WSU sample programs; and to use WSU execution-time arrays in programs.
*SC21-7904*S/36 Work Station Utility (WSU) Introduction*m*$11.00
If you are familiar with writing application programs but have never before used the work station utility (WSU, often pronounced woosoo), this is the manual for you.  The first chapter answers the question:  What's a "Woosoo"?  Using example programs, additional chapters describe how to code, enter, and run WSU applications.
*S544-3698*SAA CPI PrintManager Reference*m*$15.25
Provides information the user needs to develop AS/400-based print applications that will use spooling support for print options and data.  These applications will be portable to other SAA environments with minimum modification.  The print jobs produced by these applications can be printed in other SAA environments when the proper distributed-printing components are present.  275 pages.  1992.
*SC41-3446*SNA Upline Facility Programming*m*$25.00
Provides programming information for using the OS/400 System Network Architecture (SNA) upline facility (SNUF) support with the AS/400 system.  Describes how to use SNUF support, how to write application programs for SNUF support, and the return codes that SNUF support can send to a program.  175 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3422*Sockets Programming*m*$15.00
Provides programming information for using the sockets programming interface on a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system.  150 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4422*Sockets Programming*m*$14.00
Provides programming information for using the sockets programming interface on a V3R6 AS/400 system.  195 pages.  1995.
*G325-6245*SOMobjects for OS/400*b*$0.35
This fact sheet describes the AS/400 implementation of IBM's System Object Model (SOM), an object-oriented programming (OOP) client/server technology.  2 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1826*Sort User's Guide and Reference*m*$15.00
Provides information about using the AS/400 sort function for identifying input and output files, specifying sort options, utilizing effective sort run time, and identifying the double-byte character set (DBCS) sort information.  180 pages.  1994.
*LY21-0914*SSP Diagnostic Aids*m*$N/A
Contains information to assist the software service representative when it is necessary to collect information that is submitted with an APAR whenever a problem is isolated to IBM-supplied programming.  350 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3800*System API Programming*m*$30.00
Provides information for experienced application and system programmers who want to use the OS/400 application programming interfaces (APIs).  Provides getting started information and examples to help the programmer use APIs.  500 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3801*System API Reference*m*$350.00
Provides information for the experienced programmer on how to use the V3R1/V3R2 application programming interfaces (APIs) to such OS/400 functions as: Dynamic Screen Manager; files (database, spooled, hierarchical); message handling; national language support; network management; objects; problem management; registration facility; security; software products; source debug; UNIX-type; user-defined communications; user interface; and work management.  Includes original program model (OPM), Integrated Language Environment (ILE), and UNIX-type APIs.  2400 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4801*System API Reference*m*$465.00
Provides information for the experienced programmer on how to use the V3R6 application programming interfaces (APIs) to such OS/400 functions as: Dynamic Screen Manager; files (database, spooled, hierarchical); message handling; national language support; network management; objects; problem management; registration facility; security; software products; source debug; UNIX-type; user-defined communications; user interface; and work management.  Includes original program model (OPM), Integrated Language Environment (ILE), and UNIX-type APIs. 2550 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6285*System/36 COBOL Support*m*$55.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: System/36-Compatible COBOL User's Guide and Reference (SC09-1815) and System/36-Compatible COBOL Reference Summary (SX09-1287).
*SC41-3730*System/36 Environment Programming*m*$33.00
Provides information identifying the differences in the applications process in the System/36 environment on the V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system.  It helps the user understand the functional and operational differences (from a System/36 perspective) when processing in the System/36 environment on the AS/400 system.  This includes an environment functional overview, considerations for migration, programming, communications, security, and coexistence.  450 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4730*System/36 Environment Programming*m*$33.00
Provides information identifying the differences in the applications process in the System/36 environment on the V3R6 AS/400 system.  It helps the user understand the functional and operational differences (from a System/36 perspective) when processing in the System/36 environment on the AS/400 system.  This includes an environment functional overview, considerations for migration, programming, communications, security, and coexistence.  450 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3731*System/36 Environment Reference*m*$52.00
Provides information about using System/36 procedure control expressions, procedures, operation control language (OCL) statements, control commands, and utilities on a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system.  700 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4731*System/36 Environment Reference*m*$52.00
Provides information about using System/36 procedure control expressions, procedures, operation control language (OCL) statements, control commands, and utilities on a V3R6 AS/400 system.  700 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9186*System/36 Support V3R6*m*$95.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  System/36 Environment Programming (SC41-4730); System/36 Environment Reference (SC41-4731); and System/36-AS/400 Command Cross-Reference (SX41-3732).
*SX41-3732*System/36-AS/400 Command Cross-Reference*m*$10.00
This pocket-sized booklet maps the System/36 OCL commands and statements to the functionally equivalent AS/400 CL commands.  Each AS/400 command name is followed by a description of the AS/400 function associated with that command.  An appendix lists the AS/400 command abbreviations as well as the spelled-out names for those CL commands.  75 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-9164*System/36-Compatible COBOL Manuals V3R6*m*$61.50
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  System/36-Compatible COBOL User's Guide and Reference (SC09-1815); and System/36-Compatible COBOL Reference Summary (SX09-1287).
*SX09-1287*System/36-Compatible COBOL Reference Summary*m*$17.50
Provides a summary of System/36-compatible COBOL statements.  50 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1815*System/36-Compatible COBOL User's Guide and Reference*m*$44.00
Provides information about using COBOL in the System/36 environment on the AS/400 system.  525 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1818*System/36-Compatible RPG II User's Guide and Reference*m*$89.00
Provides information about the RPG II language on the AS/400 system.  Explains how to design, code, enter, compile, test, and run RPG II programs.  Includes the RPG program cycle, the valid entries for each column of each RPG specification form and the differences between the way RPG II programs run on System/36 and the way they run on the AS/400 system.  In addition, differences between compiling in the System/36 environment and the AS/400 environment are identified at the compiler level only.  975 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-6286*System/38 COBOL Support*m*$58.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: System/38-Compatible COBOL User's Guide and Reference (SC09-1814) and System/38-Compatible COBOL Reference Summary (SX09-1286).
*SC41-3735*System/38 Environment Programming*m*$25.00
Provides information needed to migrate from a System/38, convert to an AS/400 system, and coexist in a network.  Contains migration and conversion to AS/400 system overview information, a detailed list of changes for migration, and descriptions of coexistence with an AS/400 system in a network.  220 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-6288*System/38 Utilities*m*$60.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: DFU/38 User's Guide and Reference (SC09-1217); Query/38 User's Guide and Reference (SC09-1218); and Text Management/38 User's Guide and Reference (SC41-9759).
*SBOF-9180*System/38 Utilities V3R6*m*$112.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  DFU/38 User's Guide and Reference (SC09-1217); Query/38 User's Guide and Reference (SC09-1218); and Text Management/38 User's Guide and Reference (SC41-9759).
*SBOF-9163*System/38-Compatible COBOL Manuals V3R6*m*$64.50
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: System/38-Compatible COBOL User's Guide and Reference (SC09-1814); and  System/38-Compatible COBOL Reference Summary (SX09-1286).
*SX09-1286*System/38-Compatible COBOL Reference Summary*m*$12.50
Provides a summary of the System/38-compatible COBOL statements.  100 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1814*System/38-Compatible COBOL User's Guide and Reference*m*$52.00
Provides information about using COBOL in the System/38 environment on the AS/400 system.  It provides information on how to program in COBOL in the System/38 environment of the AS/400 system and how to use existing System/38 COBOL programs.  575 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3716*Tape and Diskette Device Programming*m*$10.00
Provides information to help V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 users develop and support programs that use tape and diskette drives for I/O.  Includes information on device files and descriptions for tape and diskette devices.  65 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4716*Tape and Diskette Device Programming*m*$10.00
Provides information to help V3R6 AS/400 users develop and support programs that use tape and diskette drives for I/O.  Includes information on device files and descriptions for tape and diskette devices.  65 pages.  1995.
*SC41-9759*Text Management/38 User's Guide and Reference*m*$38.00
Provides information about using the functions available with Text Management/38.  These functions include printing documents, creating form documents, using Text Management/38 with the database, and using dictionary functions.  350 pages.  1991.
*SG24-4438*UNIX C Applications Porting to AS/400*r*$50.00
Unique in its detailed coverage of the openness features of AS/400 in terms of writing UNIX C style applications, this redbook focuses on portability issues of AS/400 programming with UNIX applications.  The AS/400 system provides many functions and features to facilitate the porting of UNIX C applications.  In spite of these rich functional offerings, there are some occasions where the transparent porting is not available due to fundamental differences between UNIX and the AS/400 system.  If you encounter such cases, this redbook provides valuable information in the form of tips, techniques, and examples, in addition to discussing more straightforward porting cases.  This redbook is written to help customers, business partners, and IBM specialists in writing and porting UNIX C style applications for AS/400.  Some knowledge of application development, UNIX C, and ILE C/400 is assumed.  325 pages.  1996.  
*SR28-5773*Visual Object-Oriented Programming*m*$43.00
This manual, written by nationally-known experts Margaret Burnett, Adele Goldberg, and Ted Lewis, provides an introduction and reference for anyone interested in the design of visual OOP languages and environments.  Includes chapters on both emerging research and on a few classic systems, that together can help those who design visual object-oriented programming systems avoid some known pitfalls.  The manual contains an experience report on the use of available visual programming languages in a commercial setting.  300 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9193*VisualAge C++ for OS/2 Basic Set V3R6*m*$63.30
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  VisualAge C++ for OS/2, V3.0, Standard Manuals Set (S30H-1679).
*G325-6243*VisualAge C++ for OS/400*b*$0.35
This fact sheet describes VisualAge C++ , a comprehensive C++ application development environment for AS/400 business computing systems.  It points out major features and benefits to business partners and to customers.  2 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9192*VisualAge C++ for OS/400 Basic Set V3R6*m*$111.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  VisualAge C++ for OS/400 C++ Programming Guide (SC09-2123); VisualAge C++ for OS/400 C++ User's Guide (SC09-2116); VisualAge C++ for OS/400 IBM Open Class Library and IBM Access Class Library for OS/400 User's Guide (SC09-2117); and ILE Concepts (SC41-4606).
*SC09-2119*VisualAge C++ for OS/400 C Library Reference *m*$69.00
Describes the machine-interface library functions and run-time library functions available to C++ programs developed with VisualAge C++ for OS/400 (V3R6).  625 pages.  1995.
*SC09-2121*VisualAge C++ for OS/400 C++ Language Reference *m*$39.00
Describes the C++ language as implemented by VisualAge C++ for OS/400(V3R6), including keywords, preprocessor directives, and constructs.  350 pages.  1995.
*SC09-2123*VisualAge C++ for OS/400 C++ Programming Guide *m*$36.00
Describes programming techniques for using VisualAge C++ for OS/400 (V3R6) to write ILE C++ applications that run on AS/400.  Topics include: performing I/O operations; working with AS/400 files; devices, pointers, and locales; implementing interlanguage calls; using templates; handling exceptions; and porting code.  450 pages.  1995.
*SC09-2120*VisualAge C++ for OS/400 IBM Open Class Library and IBM Access Class Library  for OS/400 Reference*m*$55.00
Describes the classes from the IBM Open Class Library:  I/O Streams, Complex Mathematics, Collections, Data Types and Exceptions, Database Access, and Binary Coded Decimal.  Also describes the IBM Access Class Library for OS/400 (V3R6).  500 pages.  1995.
*SC09-2117*VisualAge C++ for OS/400 IBM Open Class Library and IBM Access Class Library  for OS/400 User's Guide*m*$30.00
Shows how to create C++ programs with the many different classes of the IBM Open Class Library and IBM Access Class Library:  I/O Streams, Complex Mathematics, Collections, Data Types and Exceptions, Database Access, and Binary Coded Decimal.  Also describes how to create C++ programs using the IBM Access Class Library for OS/400 (V3R6).  350 pages.  1995.
*SC09-2114*VisualAge C++ for OS/400 Read Me First!*m*$5.00
Introduces VisualAge C++ for OS/400 (V3R6) features and tools. Gives step-by-step instructions for installing VisualAge C++ for OS/400 (V3R6).  Provides trouble-shooting information.  Also describes how to apply PTFs, and how to work with double-byte character sets.  75 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9194*VisualAge C++ for OS/400 Reference V3R6*m*$163.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  VisualAge C++ for OS/400 IBM Open Class Library and IBM Access Class Library for OS/400 Reference (SC09-2120); VisualAge C++ for OS/400 C++ Language Reference (SC09-2121); and VisualAge C++ for OS/400 C Library Reference (SC09-2119).
*SC09-2116*VisualAge C++ for OS/400 User's Guide*m*$25.00
Provides information on how to develop C++ applications using VisualAge C++ for OS/400 (V3R6).  Includes information on how to compile, bind, run, and debug programs that run in the Integrated Language Environment on the AS/400.  300 pages.
*G325-6244*VisualAge for Smalltalk, AS/400 Connection - A powerful new vision of programming*b*$0.40
This fact sheet describes the major  features and benefits of VisualAge AS/400.  Designed to be used with G325-6233, .AS/400 and Object-Oriented Programming.  2 pages.  1995.  
*GG24-4244*VisualAge: Building GUIs for Existing Applications*r*$68.00
Describes the process of building a graphical user interface (GUI) for an existing host application. This redbook shows how a developer can use a GUI front end to provide new application functions on the workstation and access to workstation tools.  A simple application with one input and one output map is used to explain the principles of host and workstation control for VisualAge EHLLAPI applications. Different implementation approaches for GUI front-end applications are investigated, evaluated, and documented. Conclusions and recommendations are provided.  It is written for application developers assigned the task of writing GUI front ends for existing host applications using VisualAge's EHLLAPI support.  275 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-9177*VRPG Client*m*$81.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Getting Started with VRPG Client (SC09-2195); Client/Server Visual Programming with VRPG Client (SC09-2131); VRPG Client Parts Reference (SC09-1846); and VRPG Client Language Reference (SC09-1847).
*SC09-1847*VRPG Client Language Reference*m*$25.00
Provides reference information about the VRPG Client compiler.  200 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1846*VRPG Client Parts Reference*m*$15.00
Provides a description of each VRPG Client control and an explanation of each field.  200 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6861*VRPG Client/2*m*$60.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: VRPG Client/2 Parts Reference (SC09-1846); VRPG Client/2 Language Reference (SC09-1847); Installing VRPG Client/2 (SC09-1850); and Programming with VRP Client/2 (SC091852).
*GG24-3680*Workfolder Application Facility/400 5363 Optical Subsystem Configuration, Installation and Recommendation*r*$35.00
Provides advice and tips for installing and implementing SAA ImagePlus Workfolder Application Facility/400 and S/36 5363 Optical Subsystem.  Includes a step-by-step example of the installation of S/36 5363 Optical Subsystem connected to AS/400 and PS/2 (tested with the installation of 9247 only).  125 pages.  1991.
#Client/Server
*G220-1972*ADM: The AS/400 and Client/Server Computing*b*$17.75
This ADM report gives non-technical customers a perspective on the role of AS/400 in the client/server computing market.  20 pages.  1993.
*SH35-0129*ADSM/400 Administration Messages*m*$18.50
Assists administrators in performing tasks associated with V3R1/V3R6 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400.  Provides explanations for server messages.  375 pages.  1994.
*SH35-0133*ADSM/400 Administration Messages*m*$18.50
Assists administrators in performing tasks associated with V3R2 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400.  Provides explanations for server messages.  650 pages.  1996.
*SH26-4008*ADSM/400 Administrator's Guide*m*$25.00
Assists administrators in performing tasks associated with V3R1/V3R6 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400.  Tasks include planning, installation, customization, administration, operation, and problem diagnosis.  Includes guidance information.  275 pages.  1994.
*SH26-4009*ADSM/400 Administrator's Reference*m*$45.00
Assists administrators in performing their tasks associated with V3R1/V3R6 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400.  Tasks include planning, installation, customization, administration, operation, and problem diagnosis.  Includes reference information.  550 pages.  1994.
*SC35-0196*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager for AS/400 Administrator's Guide*m*$25.00
Assists administrators in performing tasks associated with V3R2 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager for AS/400.  Tasks include planning, installation, customization, administration, operation, and problem diagnosis.  Includes guidance information.  250 pages.  1996.
*SC35-0197*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager for AS/400 Administrator's Reference*m*$45.00
Assists administrators in performing their tasks associated with V3R2 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager for AS/400.  Tasks include planning, installation, customization, administration, operation, and problem diagnosis.  Includes reference information.  500 pages.  1996.
*GA32-0357*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager for AS/400 Quick Start*m*$8.00
Assists administrators in performing their tasks associated with V3R2 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager for AS/400.  Provides help with installing the Server and the Administrative Client.  100 pages.  1996.
*GH35-0114*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager General Information*m*$5.00
Explains how the ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager (ADSM) V3R1 and V3R6 program products can benefit your enterprise.  Contains information to help you evaluate ADSM and plan for its use.  72 pages.  1994.
*GH35-0131*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager General Information*m*$N/A
Explains how the ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager (ADSM) V3R2 program products can benefit your enterprise.  Contains information to help you evaluate ADSM and initially plan for its use.  75 pages.  1996.
*SH26-4051*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for Apple Macintosh*m*$13.00
Assists users of Apple Macintosh workstations in using V3R2 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  150 pages.  1996.
*SH35-0119*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for Apple Macintosh*m*$13.00
Assists users of Apple Macintosh workstations in using V3R1/V3R6 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  176 pages.  1994.
*SH26-4054*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for DOS*m*$20.00
Assists users of DOS workstations in using V3R2 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  250 pages.  1996.
*SH35-0123*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for DOS*m*$20.00
Assists users of DOS workstations in using V3R1/V3R6 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  270 pages.  1994.
*SH26-4056*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for Microsoft Windows*m*$15.00
Assists users of Microsoft Windows in using V3R2 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  250 pages.  1996.
*SH35-0125*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for Microsoft Windows*m*$15.00
Assists users of Microsoft Windows in using V3R1/V3R6 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  200 pages.  1994.
*SH26-4055*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for Novell Netware*m*$18.00
Assists users of Novell NetWare in using V3R2 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  225 pages.  1996.
*SH35-0124*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for Novell Netware*m*$18.00
Assists users of Novell NetWare in using V3R1/V3R6 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  240 pages.  1994.
*SH26-4053*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for OS/2*m*$20.00
Assists users of OS/2 workstations in using V3R2 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  225 pages.  1996.
*SH35-0122*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for OS/2*m*$20.00
Assists users of OS/2 workstations in using V3R1/V3R6 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  278 pages.  1994.
*SH26-4052*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for UNIX*m*$24.00
Assists users of UNIX workstations in using V3R2 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  275 pages.  1996.
*SH35-0120*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for UNIX*m*$24.00
Assists users of UNIX workstations in using V3R1/V3R6 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Management for AS/400 to back up and archive (and recall) their files using host DASD and magnetic tape.  Includes both guidance and reference information.  324 pages.  1994.
*SX26-6004*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400 Administrator's Reference Summary*m*$30.75
Provides information about administration, operation, problem diagnosis. and reference tasks associated with V3R1 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager.  These tasks include planning, installation, customization, administration, operation, problem diagnosis. and reference information  ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager is a client-server product that enables users of UNIX, DOS, OS/2, Apple Macintosh, Novell Netware, Hewlett Packard HP-UX, Sun Microsystems SPARC/Solaris, and Microsoft Windows on workstations to back up and archive files using VM, MVS, AIX for RISC System/6000, OS/2, OS/400 system's DASD, optical, and magnetic tape.  116 pages.  1994.
*SH26-4016*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400 Installing the Server and Administrative Client*m*$8.00
Assists administrators in performing their tasks associated with V3R1/V3R6 ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400.  Provides help with installing the Server and the Administrative Client.  125 pages.  1994.
*SX26-6013*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager: Client Reference Cards*m*$3.15
Provides a summary of the basic information needed to run ADSM.  A separate card is provided for each platform that supports the ADSM backup-archive client:  OS/2, Windows, DOS, UNIX, Macintosh, and Novell NetWare.  Each card contains information on starting and ending an ADSM session (both GUI and command line, if available), starting the scheduler, the ADSM command-line commands, and where to get more information.  16 pages.  1996.  
*SH26-4049*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager: Installing the Clients*m*$7.70
Contains installation and setup instructions for all supported ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager (ADSM) clients.  It includes instructions for backup-archive clients, administrative clients, hierarchical storage management (HSM) clients, the Lotus Notes Backup Agent, and the ADSM application program interface.  It also provides detailed reference information for all ADSM options.  350 pages.  1996.  
*SH26-4057*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager: Trace Facility Guide*m*$1.85
Provides diagnostic information for problems that may be encountered while using ADSM clients.  Users can trace events by initiating trace functions from the options file or at the command line.  The trace facility applies to all ADSM clients, including the backup-archive clients, the administrative client, the application program interface (API), and the hierarchical storage management (HSM) clients.  50 pages.  1996.  
*SH26-4002*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager: Using the Application Programming Interface*m*$7.65
Contains information on ADSM's application programming interface (API).  The API is a set of function calls that enable an application client to use the ADSM storage management functions.  The API is available on the Windows, OS/2, Novell NetWare, and many UNIX platforms.  175 pages.  1996.  
*SH26-4047*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager: Using the Lotus Notes Backup Agent*m*$2.60
Provides information to help you install, set up, and customize the ADSM Lotus Notes Backup Agent.  It is for users of Lotus Notes 3.0 and higher on the OS/2 platform.  The Lotus Notes Backup Agent helps you protect your Lotus Notes databases by using the backup and recovery services of ADSM.  30 pages.  1996.  
*SH26-4030*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager: Using the UNIX Hierarchical Storage Management Clients*m*$12.00
Provides an overview of the ADSM Hierarchical Storage Management (HSM) client.  It also contains step-by-step instructions to set up and use the HSM client on supported platforms.  In addition, it provides reference information for HSM commands.  Setup and maintenance sections are directed to a root user.  200 pages.  1996.  
*G325-6201*Advanced Application Architecture and the Workplace Server*b*$1.95
Discusses the evolution of computers from text-based systems to multimedia systems, including the multimedia trends and technologies that will influence the continued evolution of multimedia systems.  It also discusses how IBM will use these technologies to make the AS/400 system a multimedia-enabled system.  30 pages.  1994.
*G325-6297*AS/400 ...optimized for open client/server solutions*b*$0.85
This brochure provides an overview of how the AS/400 is moving toward its goal:  to give you the ability to choose any client, to get any service, and to utilize any resource available to your organization.  6 pages.  1995.
*G325-6222*AS/400 Advanced Application Architecture Highlights*b*$1.25
Describes the Advanced Application Architecture that takes AS/400 customers into the next generation of business computing. This underlying architecture allows for constant expansion of the strengths of AS/400:  huge portfolio of business applications, integrated services (like security, database, and systems management), and state-of-the-art hardware and software technologies.  6 pages.  1994.
*GV40-0736*AS/400 Advanced Series - That's the Beauty of It*v*$9.45
This 7-minute video presents the essence of AS/400, through a client/server, customer service scenario including advanced technologies such as business conferencing, work-group computing, and object-oriented software.  May be used with its companion brochure, G325-6228.  1994.
*G325-6228*AS/400 Advanced Series - That's the Beauty of It*b*$1.50
This brochure is a companion to the video.  It describes the scenarios that are in the video.  12 pages.  1994.
*SK2T-2171*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R1/V3R2 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1996.
*SK2T-2839*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R6 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1995.
*G325-6226*AS/400 as a Multimedia Server*b*$1.15
This brochure describes the applications and functions of Ultimedia System Facilities, the new integrated multimedia support on AS/400.  Complementary products such as Ultimedia Mail/400 and Ultimedia Business Conferencing/400 are also described.  4 pages.  1994.
*G325-6317*AS/400 Client Access for Windows 95 -- AS/400 can be part of your Windows 95 desktop!*b*$N/A
Describes current and future plans for Client Access/400 for Windows 95 and the optional features for this client.  It highlights how the client exploits new Microsoft Windows 95 features and allows users to get to AS/400 functions through the Windows 95 interface.  2 pages.  1996.
*G520-6990*AS/400 Client Series*b*$1.10
Provides an overview of software tools for both end-users and developers, as well as groupware solutions and open server enablers, provided by the AS/400 client series products.  These tools include RUMBA/400, Macintosh Connection, Showcase VISTA, Personal AS, Track/400, SQLWindows, Progress/400, SYNON Client Server Generator, OMNIS/7, Automated Work Distributor, Manageware/400, DAL, and LANRES/400.  8 pages.  1993.
*GG24-4285*AS/400 Client Series Handbook*r*$25.00
This small-sized guide describes the AS/400 Client Series products.  This document was written for anyone interested in the AS/400 Client Series, regardless of technical experience, although some knowledge of the AS/400 environment and Client/Server is assumed.  175 pages.  1994.
*G520-7091*AS/400 Client/Server Advantage*b*$2.55
Shows how the AS/400 Advanced Server holds its leadership position as the server of choice in client/server environments.  Topics include performance, file serving, DB2/400, and Client Series products.  20 pages.  1994.
*G325-6202*AS/400 Client/Server Applications Directory*b*$39.75
Contains complete solutions for AS/400 client/server applications.  350 pages.  1994.
*G325-6303*AS/400 Client/Server Challenges and Solutions*b*$14.75
Describes client/server programming concepts and challenges, and provides information to help customers understand the role AS/400 systems play in client/server solutions.  Includes information on integrated database, system and client management, open integration and standards, application development, and other key client/server topics.  Provides customer examples that describe how several customers addressed and solved their client/server application needs using both IBM and non-IBM products.  125 pages.  1995.
*G325-6231*AS/400 Client/Server Computing*b*$1.95
Wondering how the AS/400 fits into the client/server environment? This brochure will help you understand how.  30 pages.  1994.
*GV20-8588*AS/400 Client/Server Computing with RUMBA/400*v*$10.50
This videotape describes the features of the RUMBA/400 software offering for the AS/400.  1993.
*GV20-8587*AS/400 Client/Server Computing with ShowCase VISTA*v*$8.65
This videotape demonstrates the benefits of a premier query/report writer for AS/400: IBM's ShowCase VISTA. 10 minutes.  1993.
*SG24-4526*AS/400 Client/Server Performance Using Windows 3.1 Client*r*$75.00
Focuses on the performance issues involved in developing AS/400 client/server applications.  This redbook covers key performance-related application development topics for both the AS/400 platform and the personal computer platform. Also covered are communications, AS/400 work management, performance measurements, and AS/400 capacity planning.  Many examples are given throughout the redbook, which includes a diskette containing sample code.  Written for anyone with a need to understand client/server performance issues, this redbook shows you how to optimize client/server performance, as well as providing valuable guidance in resolving performance problems.  Some knowledge of SQL, PC technology, AS/400 work management, and communications is assumed.  375 pages.  1996.  
*GV40-0829*AS/400 CoOperative Development Environment/400*p*$5.25
This demo diskette presents the features, functions, and benefits of CODE/400.  The diskette is a high-density, 2MB diskette, and requires a workstation with a minimum of 512K RAM and DOS.  1993.
*SV20-8565*AS/400 Mobile Computing -"Where it Counts"*v*$20.50
This videotape highlights the client/server strengths of AS/400 for one and two-way wireless communications between AS/400 and a variety of mobile computing devices.  11 minutes.  1993.
*G325-6181*AS/400 Mobile Network Access: PagerPac/400 and RadioPac/400 - Productivity where it counts*b*$1.15
This brochure describes the applications and functions of the wide-area wireless network products for AS/400.  RadioPac/400 provides 2-way wireless communications over RF and digital cellular networks.  PagerPac/400 provides 1-way wireless communications to pagers, PDAs, and other handheld devices over standard paging networks.  4 pages.  1994.
*SV20-8568*AS/400 Multimedia Solutions and Ultimedia Business Conferencing/400: The Next Generation in Business Conferencing*v*$21.50
This video, which contains two segments, provides an overview of the new integrated multimedia support (Ultimedia System Facilities) and Ultimedia Business Conferencing/400.  The video demonstrates how users can add multimedia to their applications and use multimedia to better communicate in business environments.  1994.
*SC41-0150*AS/400 PagerPac/400 User's Guide*m*$12.00
Contains information regarding PagerPac/400, one of the products in the Mobile Network Access system..  100 pages.  1994.
*SC41-0100*AS/400 Ultimedia Video Delivery System/400 Programmer's Guide and Reference*m*$106.00
Contains information on how to install and set up hardware and software, write applications, and run the system in order to add analog video to AS/400 applications.  Explains how to use the AS/400 as an analog video server for OS/2 applications.  425 pages.  1993.
*SG24-4371*AS/400 Version 3 Release 1: Managing PC Software with SystemView System Manager/400 and NetView DM/2*r*$35.00
This redbook describes how to use Operations Control Center/400 as a software distribution manager for PC workstations running NetView Distribution Manager/2.  It introduces software distribution and installation concepts, and provides enough basic NetView DM/2 information for AS/400 system management specialists to install and configure NetView DM/2 and Operations Control Center/400.  It provides advice and guidelines for installing, configuring, and implementing a variety of software distribution scenarios in networks of PCs and AS/400 systems centrally managed by an AS/400 Focal Point.  Includes one 3.5-inch diskette.  250 pages.  1995.
*G325-6227*AS/400 Wireless LAN - Connectivity for Mobile Users*b*$1.15
This brochure describes the applications, functions, and components of the AS/400 wireless LAN products.  Information on the integrated wireless LAN adapter, wireless access devices, and IBM wireless hand-held devices is also provided.  4 pages.  1994.
*G571-0303*AS/400 Wireless LAN Installation Planning Guide*m*$60.00
Provides information about planning and installing a spread spectrum network.  In addition to an overview of spread spectrum radio technology, this manual also describes how to prepare for a site survey and ensure that antenna and cabling requirements are met for the areas to be covered.   72 pages.  1995.
*GG24-4392*AS/400 Wireless LAN Products Family:  Configuration, Examples, Tips and Techniques*r*$25.00
This redbook describes the AS/400 Wireless LAN Products Family and gives many configuration examples for each device.  It also provides information about network management, as well as tips and techniques related to the products.  200 pages.  1995.
*SV20-8569*AS/400 Wireless Solutions and AS/400 Mobile Computing: Where it Counts*v*$21.00
This video, which contains two segments, provides an overview of the new AS/400 Wireless LAN and describes the wide-area support for AS/400 and for PagerPac/400.  The products are demonstrated in a variety of settings including health, retail, manufacturing, and distribution.  22 minutes.  1995.
*SC41-0149*AS400 RadioPac/400 User's Guide*m*$12.50
Contains information regarding RadioPac/400, one of the products in the Mobile Network Access system...  90 pages.  1993.
*GC09-1948*Building Client/Server GUI Applications Using RPG*b*$0.05
This article, written by independent consultant John Carr, discusses client/server in general, advocates the role of AS/400 as a server, and instructs the RPG programmer on how to quickly enter the world of client/server development.  If you're looking to modernize your applications, this article will show you how to get started.  2 pages.  1994.
*GV21-9122*Building Client/Server GUI Applications Using RPG*v*$1.00
This 15-minute video describes how new and existing RPG customers can move to a client/server, GUI environment and modernize their applications using a visual RPG environment on a PC.  1994.
*G325-6308*Client Access for OS/400 GUI Features: Positioning Paper*b*$1.90
This paper is for AS/400 business partners, IBM personnel, and customers who have responsibility for understanding and recommending when and why to use the following graphical user interface features of Client Access for OS/400:  Graphical Access for OS/400, System Object Access, and OS/400 Graphical Operations.  This paper is written to help you understand the functions, benefits, similarities, and differences of these features so that you can obtain the maximum benefits of each.  14 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3534*Client Access for Windows 3.1 - Setup*m*$10.00
Contains the information needed to install and set up the Windows 3.1 client on the AS/400 and the workstation.  This manual replaces the Client Access for OS/400 Windows 3.1 Getting Started manual, SC41-3530.  Includes Client Access/400 for Windows Tour, a multimedia tour on diskette, which uses a business scenario with real-world tasks to demonstrate the following Client Access/400 for Windows functions:  database access, E-mail, file serving, file transfer, and 5250 emulation.  300 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3512*Client Access for Windows 95 - Setup*m*$7.00
Provides an introduction to the Windows 95 client and information about how to install Client Access for Windows 95.  100 pages.  1996.  
*SC41-3513*Client Access for Windows 95 API and Technical Reference*m*$120.00
Contains the application programming interface information needed to write cooperative processing applications for Client Access/400.  850 pages.  1996.  
*SC41-3533*Client Access Windows 3.1 Client for OS/400 ODBC User's Guide*m*$N/A
Describes how to install, configure, and use the Microsoft ODBC driver with the Client Access Windows 3.1 Client for OS/400.  The manual includes sample screens that show how to set up the ODBC driver for various PC database programs.  625 pages.  1995.
*GG24-4422*Client Access/400 API Planning Guide*r*$25.00
Provides an overview of client application program interfaces (APIs) available in Client Access/400 Version 3.1. Three categories of client APIs are discussed:  the original client APIs (DOS, OS/2), the new Windows 3.1 Client APIs, and the OS/2 32-bit optimized client APIs.  More detailed coverage of the OS/2 optimized client APIs is provided, as well as a discussion of considerations for migrating from the PC Support/400 APIs and the Client Access/400 original client APIs.  100 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4420*Client Access/400 Coexistence with Novell NetWare 3.12 and NetWare for SAA 2.0*r*$45.00
Contains the information needed to help customers, IBM systems engineers, NetWare resellers, and IBM business partners implement direct and gateway (NetWare for SAA) coexistence between Client Access/400 for DOS Extended and Novell NetWare 3.12.  The information in this redbook on direct-connect coexistence can be used only with the Client Access/400 Windows 3.1 client.  This redbook provides configuration examples for integrating Novell NetWare with the AS/400 on Ethernet and  token-ring.  Some knowledge of Client Access/400, OS/400, and NetWare is required.  160 pages.  1995.  
*SC41-3560*Client Access/400 Family of Products*m*$5.00
Provides introductory information about the Client Access/400 product, with descriptions of the clients and the functions that they support.  100 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3562*Client Access/400 for DOS and OS/2 API Reference*m*$65.00
Provides detailed information about the application program interfaces (APIs) provided with Client Access/400 for DOS and OS/2.  850 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3563*Client Access/400 for DOS and OS/2 Technical Reference*m*$55.00
Provides technical information for advanced configuration and tailoring of Client Access/400 for DOS and OS/2.  This book assumes that you have already installed and, if necessary, customized Client Access/400.  275 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3500*Client Access/400 for DOS Ext Memory Setup*m*$49.00
Provides information about installing, configuring, and administering Client Access/400 for DOS with Extended Memory.  It also contains chapters on analyzing problems, and appendixes on using expanded or extended memory, memory requirements, and using AS/400 national language support with Client Access/400.  700 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3502*Client Access/400 for DOS Ext Memory Setup (DBCS)*m*$54.00
Provides information about installing, configuring, and administering Client Access/400 for DOS with Extended Memory for double-byte character set (DBCS) users.  It also contains chapters on analyzing problems, and appendixes on using expanded or extended memory, memory requirements, and using AS/400 national language support with Client Access/400.  575 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3501*Client Access/400 for DOS Ext Memory User Guide*m*$29.00
Provides information about how to use Client Access/400 for DOS with Extended Memory.  It includes introductory information, as well as chapters on starting and stopping the product, using folders, transferring data, work station emulation, and other end-user tasks.  364 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3503*Client Access/400 for DOS Ext Memory User Guide(DBCS)*m*$23.00
Provides information about how to use Client Access/400 for DOS with Extended Memory for double-byte character set (DBCS) users.  Includes introductory information, as well as chapters on starting and stopping the product, using folders, transferring data, work station emulation, and other end-user tasks.  284 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3504*Client Access/400 for DOS Ext Memory--Getting Started*m*$4.00
Provides information about planning, installing, and configuring Client Access/400 for DOS with Extended Memory.  This is a high-level, introductory book for end users; for more detailed information on administering and configuring Client Access/400 for DOS with Extended Memory, see Client Access/400 for DOS with Extended Memory Setup, SC41-3500.  50 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3556*Client Access/400 for DOS Setup*m*$42.00
Provides information about installing, configuring, and administering Client Access/400 for DOS.  It also contains chapters on analyzing problems, and appendixes on memory requirements and using AS/400 national language support with Client Access/400.  645 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3558*Client Access/400 for DOS Setup (DBCS)*m*$25.00
Provides information about installing, configuring, and administering Client Access/400 for DOS for double-byte character set (DBCS) users.  It  also contains chapters on analyzing problems, and appendixes on memory requirements and using AS/400 national language support with Client Access/400.  391 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3557*Client Access/400 for DOS User Guide*m*$27.00
Provides information about how to use Client Access/400 for DOS.  It includes introductory information, as well as chapters on starting and stopping the product, using folders, transferring data, work station emulation, and other end-user tasks.  325 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3559*Client Access/400 for DOS User Guide (DBCS)*m*$26.00
Provides information about how to use Client Access/400 for DOS for double-byte character set (DBCS) users.  It includes introductory information, as well as chapters on starting and stopping the product, using folders, transferring data, work station emulation, and other end-user tasks.  325 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3520*Client Access/400 for OS/2 Setup*m*$34.00
Provides information about installing, configuring, and administering Client Access/400 for OS/2.  Also contains chapters on analyzing problems, and appendixes on memory requirements, installation work sheets for DOS, and using AS/400 national language support with Client Access/400.  583 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3522*Client Access/400 for OS/2 Setup (DBCS)*m*$34.00
Provides information about installing, configuring, and administering Client Access/400 for OS/2 for double-byte character set (DBCS) users.  Also contains chapters on analyzing problems, and appendixes on memory requirements, installation work sheets for DOS, and using AS/400 national language support with Client Access/400.  565 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3521*Client Access/400 for OS/2 User Guide*m*$25.00
Provides information about how to use Client Access/400 for OS/2.  Includes introductory information, as well as chapters on starting and stopping the product, using folders, transferring data, and other end-user tasks.  280 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3523*Client Access/400 for OS/2 User Guide (DBCS)*m*$25.00
Provides information about how to use Client Access/400 for OS/2 for double-byte character set (DBCS) users.  Includes introductory information, as well as chapters on starting and stopping the product, using folders, transferring data, and other end-user tasks.  272 pages.  1994.
*SV20-8571*Client Access/400 for Windows Tour*p*$1.80
This multimedia tour on diskette uses a business scenario with real-world tasks to demonstrate the following Client Access/400 for Windows functions:  database access, E-mail, file serving, file transfer, and 5250 emulation.  This demo can be installed and run from the AS/400 Information Directory CD (see README.TXT for instructions).  1995.
*G325-6299*Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 - The Right PC-to-AS/400 Connection*b*$4.25
Introduces the Client Access/400 family and provides high level information about the functions supported with Client Access/400 for Windows.  12 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3531*Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 API and Technical Reference*m*$49.00
Provides detailed information about the application program interfaces (APIs) provided with Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1.  400 pages.  1994.
*SG24-4666*Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 Coexistence with Novell NetWare 4.1 and FSIOP*r*$75.00
Contains detailed information on the configuration of clients running Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 with Novell NetWare 4.1.  It covers both TCP/IP and APPC connectivity for Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 together with IPX for NetWare and NetBIOS for Windows for Workgroups.  Step by step instructions are included for the installation and configuration of the NetWare client, TCP/IP (both Microsoft and IBM stacks), Microsoft DLC, and LAN Support Program.  Both NDIS and ODI configurations are included with examples on token-ring and Ethernet.  Listings of configuration files are provided for all environments.  An introduction to NetWare on the FSIOP is included, with directions on how to use the FSIOP as an IPX router in a NetWare environment.  Differences between running NetWare on PCs and running NetWare on the FSIOP are discussed.  300 pages.  1996.  
*SC41-3552*Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 PC5250 Setup*m*$19.00
Provides information about installing and using the IBM Personal Communications 5250 (PC5250) product for Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1.  260 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3580*Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 TCP/IP Setup*m*$9.00
Provides information needed to install the DOS TCP/IP product for users of Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 who require TCP/IP connections.  150 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3532*Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 User Guide*m*$11.00
Provides information about the tasks associated with using the Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 licensed program.  This book is also available online through an icon on the Client Access Windows 3.1 Client for OS/400 group window.  100 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3511*Client Access/400 Optimized for OS/2 - API and Technical Reference*m*$44.00
Provides information about using the Client Access/400 Optimized for OS/2 API interface to create applications.  Includes a description of the structure of API calls and examples of calls in certain programming languages.  600 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3510*Client Access/400 Optimized for OS/2 - Getting Started*m*$9.00
Provides the information needed to install and start using Client Access/400 Optimized for OS/2.  Introduces the user to the product, including online information and available external user interfaces.  75 pages.  1995.
*G325-6241*Client Access/400 Optimized for OS/2 - The Right PC-to-AS/400 Connection*b*$3.15
This brochure provides customers with information about the Client Access/400 family of products, and specifically about the Client Access Optimized for OS/2 client.  16 pages.  1995.
*SV20-8573*Client Access/400 Optimized for OS/2 Tour*p*$1.80
This multimedia tour on diskette uses a business scenario with real-world tasks to demonstrate the following Client Access/400 Optimized for OS/2 functions:  database access, E-mail, file serving, file transfer, and 5250 emulation.  This demo can be installed and run from the AS/400 Information Directory CD (see README.TXT for instructions).  1995.
*SC41-3554*Client Access/400 PC5250 Programmer's Guide*m*$35.00
Contains programming reference information for the PC5250 emulator that is shipped as part of the Client Access/400 product.  475 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3553*Client Access/400 PC5250 Reference Guide*m*$30.00
Provides technical information for using the PC5250 emulator that is shipped as part of  the Client Access/400 product.  This includes information on how to modify the system file after installing PC5250, code pages, field attribute codes, displaying grid lines in 5250 emulation mode, and other information specific to using PC5250.  300 pages.  1994.
*SX41-3505*Client Access/400 Quick Installation for DOS*m*$10.00
Provides a quick installation path for the Client Access/400 DOS with Extended Memory client.  Tells you how to install this product with or without Windows, taking all the defaults.  Users can configure their system at a later time.  4 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3551*Client Access/400 RUMBA/400 Tools*m*$20.00
Provides information about how to use Client Access/400 RUMBA/400 tools.  Includes using the Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) facility of Microsoft Corporation to communicate with an AS/400 host system through RUMBA/400 software, and using EHLLAPI to control host communications for RUMBA/400.  150 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3550*Client Access/400 RUMBA/400 User Guide*m*$20.00
Provides information about how to use Client Access/400 RUMBA/400, including terminal and printer emulation, and extensive information on how to use the product.  200 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-6860*Client Access/400 Ultimedia Tools*m*$35.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Ultimedia Builder/400 User Guide (SC41-3542); Ultimedia Builder/400 AVA Language Reference (SC41-3543); and Ultimedia Perfect Image/400 User Guide (SC41-3544).
*G325-6195*Client Access/400: The Right PC-to-AS/400 Connection*b*$4.20
This brochure provides customers with information about the Client Access/400 family of products, and specifically about the Client Access for Windows 3.1 client.  16 pages.  1994.
*SC09-2131*Client/Server Visual Programming with VRPG Client*m*$36.00
Uses sample applications to illustrate how to build a new VRPG application and how to reuse an existing RPG/400 application.  The book provides hints and tips for creating graphical user interfaces, coding program logic, and enabling the application for a client/server environment.  325 pages.  1995.
*SR28-5764*Client/Server Yellow Pages*m*$32.95
This unique guide covers over 200 software products and  over 250 vendors active in the client/server marketplace.  Software products are grouped in categories such as: front-end tools, groupware, workflow, remote access, application development, middleware, conferencing software, and componentware.  The Vendor section describes company background and provides contact information.  300 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3555*ClientAccess/400 Optimized for OS/2 PC5250 Setup*m*$20.00
Describes the functions and use of the PC5250 emulator that is shipped as part of the Client Access/400 product.  175 pages.  1995.
*G325-6301*CommonPoint Client Extensions for OS/400*b*$1.95
This fact sheet explains how IBM CommonPoint Application System for OS/2 Warp and IBM CommonPoint Client Extensions for OS/400 allow you to develop object-oriented client/server applications that take advantage of the security and integrity of AS/400 business computing systems' data and services.  2 pages.  1995.
*G325-6304*Control your AS/400 systems from a distance*b*$1.05
This brochure describes the benefits of using AS/400 Remote Access Support for OS/2 to report problems to a remote service, debug system problems remotely, maintain and recover remote systems, and install software on a remote system.  2 pages.  1995.
*G325-6182*DCE (Distributed Computing Environment)*b*$1.95
Describes the Distributed Computer Environment and the advantages it offers.  It also discusses the near-term and long-term directions for the AS/400 implementation of the Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Composing Environment (DCE) Technologies and participation in IBM's open blueprint.  16 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4427*Easy Access to Host Data with Distributed FileManager*r*$35.00
Describes the functions of Distributed FileManager (DFM) in an OS/2-MVS/ESA environment and explains how to use Distributed FileManager to access record-oriented and stream-oriented data sets.  It describes the setup for the OS/2, MVS/ESA and OS/400 systems and provides sample applications written in high-level languages such as C and PL/I.  This document is written for OS/2 workstation users and application designers who want to know how to use the Distributed FileManager to access data sets that reside on a host system (MVS/ESA and OS/400) from an OS/2 workstation.  144 pages.  1994.
*SC41-0570*Facsimile Support for OS/400 Installation Guide*m*$15.75
Provides information on configuring and customizing the Facsimile Support for OS/400 product, as well as information on installing the product on the AS/400 system and external fax controllers.   Facsimile Support/400 allows users to send or receive faxes on an AS/400 system using industry-standard Group 3 fax node services.  125 pages.  1995.
*SC41-0571*Facsimile Support for OS/400 User's Guide*m*$19.05
Provides an overview of the Facsimile Support for OS/400 product and information about creating and using fax profiles and distribution lists, and about sending and receiving faxes on an AS/400 system.  175 pages.  1995.  
*G325-6197*Facsimile Support/400*b*$1.15
This brochure describes the applications and functions of Facsimile Support/400.  It includes a description of the package and the AS/400 Integrated Fax Adapter.  4 pages.  1994.
*G325-6293*Graphical Access for OS/400*b*$1.70
Describes the graphical user interface for OS/400, which allows PC users to access all OS/400 menus, command prompts, and functions using a graphical interface--and to use the same graphical interface for both their PC applications and their OS/400 screens.  2 pages.  1995.
*SR28-5772*How to Deliver Client/Server Applications That Work*m*$29.95
This manual focuses on the needs of a project leader or a technical architect who is responsible for turning the vision of the executive into a successful client/server system.  This is a practical and concise how-to guide based on real-life experience and a roadmap for the process that will successfully deliver client/server applications.  250 pages.  1995.
*GV21-9089*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--AS/400 Client/Server*v*$15.50
In this videotape, Richard Kiscaden describes the AS/400 strategic direction for distributed client/server computing.  1993.
*GV21-9091*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--AS/400 Multimedia*v*$15.50
In this videotape, Pete Hansen describes multimedia on the AS/400.  1993.
*GV21-9088*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--AS/400 Networking*v*$15.50
In this videotape, Gary Alpert describes the AS/400 strategic direction for AS/400 networking (with an emphasis on client/server and openness).  1993.
*GV21-9083*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--Lab Directions*v*$15.50
In this videotape, Glenn Van Benschoten focuses on the strengths of AS/400 technology and opportunities for the AS/400 development lab.  1993.
*GV21-9086*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--Multimedia Ticketing Kiosks*v*$15.50
This videotape provides a brief description of how the Minnesota Twins used multimedia ticketing kiosks driven by their existing AS/400 to expand their marketing opportunities.  1993.
*GV21-9077*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--Open Client/Server Computing*v*$15.50
In this videotape, Tom Furey describes the role of client/server computing in IBM's corporate strategy.  1993.
*GG24-4377*IBM Current-OV/400 Workgroup Program VI R1 M0 Refresh*r*$75.00
Provides an overview of the Current-OV/400 Workgroup program, its installation and customization, and its use as a graphical user interface to OfficeVision/400.  Does not cover the PIM (Personal Information Manager) functions in detail.  180 pages.  1994.
*G325-6198*IBM Neural Network Utility*b*$1.15
This brochure describes the IBM Neural Network Utility products, which now run in client/server mode on a wide range of platforms.  Both the AS/400 and RS/6000 can act as a neural network server supporting DOS/Windows, OS/2, and AIX clients.  4 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4373*Implementing LANRES/400 with Novell NetWare*r*$45.00
Describes using LANRES/400 with Novell NetWare 3.12 and NetWare for SAA 1.3B.  This redbook  provides advice and guidance for installing and configuring LANRES/400 on both the AS/400 and NetWare server.  It also provides example programs for automating administration of a NetWare server, and distribution of files to multiple servers.  This manual is intended for customers, IBM systems engineers, NetWare resellers and IBM business partners.  Some knowledge of NetWare and OS/400 is required.  150 pages.  1995.  
*GG24-4429*Inside Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1*r*$75.00
This redbook provides detailed information about the Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 product, written to help you understand how to install and configure the client.  Includes advice on the migration from previous clients and on coexistence with other products such as Microsoft Windows for Workgroups, Novell NetWare for SAA, and LAN Server/400.  450 pages.  1995.
*SG24-2587*Inside Client Access/400 Optimized for OS/2*r*$70.00
Unique in its detailed coverage of Client Access/400 Optimized for OS/2, this redbook focuses on giving practical guidance for the installation, configuration and use of the client.  It includes information on topics new to the Client Access/400 world such as TCP/IP and AnyNet concepts and configuration, and the new client management support that enables the AS/400 system to keep track of the PC hardware and software on each of the clients.  425 pages.  1995.  
*SC41-3123*Integrated Services for File Server I/O Processor*m*$12.00
Explains how to install, configure and use the Integration Services for File Server I/O Processor for OS/400 (V3R1/V3R2) feature.  The feature is needed if you want to use the FSIOP only as a LAN adapter.  The feature is a prerequisite if you want to install the NetWare Integration Feature or any other future feature using the FSIOP.  150 pages.  1995.
*GG24-2571*Introducing Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1: Migration, Installation and Configuration*r*$5.00
This redbook provides information to help get the Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1 client up and running.  It will help you understand how to install and configure the client.  Information on more complex topics, such as coexistence with products such as Microsoft Windows for Workgroups, NetWare for SAA, and LAN Server/400, can be found in GG24-4429, Inside Client Access/400 for Windows 3.1.  150 pages.  1995.
*GG24-4378*LAN Server/400: A Guide to Using the AS/400 as a File Server*r*$75.00
Provides detailed coverage of the LAN Server/400 product and the associated hardware, the File Server I/O Processor.  It is a guide to installing, configuring, and operating LAN Server/400 and to migrating from other environments (particularly from OS/2 LAN Server 3.0).  It compares the functions and performances of LAN Server/400 with other LAN serving products.  350 pages.  1995.
*GC33-1632*MQSeries Clients*m*$N/A
Describes the MQSeries Message Queue Interface (MQI) client/server environment and the steps to be taken to install MQI clients on the different platforms.  Gives details of the configuration of communications for the different protocols, and gives step-by-step instructions for the definition of the MQSeries channels, complete with examples.  Includes detailed information about using MQI applications in an MQI client/server environment, plus a description of how MQI applications connect to a queue manager.  The information applies to the MQSeries family of products.  125 pages.  1996.
*G325-6187*Multimedia Directions for AS/400*b*$1.95
Describes IBM plans for incorporating multimedia capabilities in the AS/400 system.  16 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3431*OS./400 Integration of Lotus Notes*m*$15.00
Describes how to install, manage, and use the V3R2 OS/400 integration support for Lotus Notes.  This support enables a File Server I/O Processor in an AS/400 to function as a Notes server and adds integration capabilities of AS/400 to groupware capabilities of Lotus Notes.  300 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3202*OS/400 Graphical Operations - Getting Started*m*$7.00
Provides information about starting to use OS/400 Graphical Operations.  This information includes basic functions that are supported and where to get additional information.  Pictures of the GraphicOps windows show the user the interface.  Cookbook-like instructions show the user how to use the windows and manage basic functions on the AS/400 system.  75 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3122*OS/400 Graphical Operations Setup*m*$11.00
Provides the information needed to plan, install, administer, and customize the OS/400 Graphical Operations environment.  Includes information on setting up the OS/400, OS/2, and Windows environments for OS/400 Graphical Operations.  150 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-6838*OS/400 GraphicOps*m*$18.00
This form number indicates a selection of publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: OS/400 Graphical Operations Setup (SC41-3122) and OS/400 Graphical Operations Getting Started (SC41-3202).
*G325-6316*OS/400 Integration for Novell Netware - Experience a whole new world of software possibilities*b*$N/A
This fact sheet describes the OS/400 Integration for Novell NetWare feature, which runs on the file server input/output processor (FSIOP).  OS/400 Integration for Novell NetWare allows a user to run NetWare 4.10 on the FSIOP and use familiar NetWare utilities to administer a network.  2 pages.  1996.  
*G325-6314*OS/400 Integration of Lotus Notes*b*$N/A
This fact sheet discusses the benefits of using Lotus Notes on AS/400.  Also includes system requirements and a discussion of the use of the FSIOP hardware.  2 pages.  1996.  
*SC41-3740*OS/400 Server Concepts and Administration*m*$13.00
Provides information for the system administrator working with AS/400 server functions.  Includes server concepts, server functions, and exit program information.  175 pages. 1996.
*SBOF-6832*OS/400 Ultimedia System Facilities*m*$24.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Ultimedia System Facilities Installation and Administration (SC41-3540); Ultimedia System Facilities User Guide (SC41-3541); and Ultimedia System Facilities Programming (SC41-3652).
*SBOF-8819*OS/400 Ultimedia System Facilities V3R2*m*$60.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R2 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Ultimedia System Facilities Installation and Administration (SC41-4540); Ultimedia System Facilities User Guide (SC41-4541); and Ultimedia System  Facilities Programming (SC41-4652).  
*SC21-8386*PC Support/36 Coexistence User's Guide*m*$7.00
Explains how to configure PC Support/36 Coexistence.  It is intended for the personal computer technical coordinator who is responsible for installing personal computer equipment and applications.  150 pages.  1996.
*SH23-6549*Running VisualGen Applications on OS/400*m*$33.50
Provides information for installing and running generated VisualGen OS/400 applications, and diagnosing problems.  Also provides explanations and user responses for the runtime messages.  200 pages.  1995.
*SC21-9525*S/36 PC Support/36 Messages*m*$21.00
This manual lists and explains PC Support/36 error messages that appear on your display station.  The messages in this manual have the PC Support/36 message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-9563*S/36 PC Support/36 Organizer*m*$9.40
This manual provides information to help you plan for, set up, administer, and customize the PC Support/36 Organizer.
*SX21-9846*S/36 PC Support/36 Quick Reference Card*m*$2.00
This card provides reference information for anyone using the PC Support/36 Organizer.
*SC21-9097*S/36 PC Support/36 Technical Reference*m*$160.00
This manual contains the instructions necessary to install the program and configure the personal computer to use PC Support/36.  The manual can also be used as a source of detailed reference information.
*SC21-9088*S/36 PC Support/36 User's Guide*m*$43.25
This manual contains the instructions necessary to load the program, operate PC Support/36, and perform problem determination procedures.  Examples and sample applications are provided to help you learn to use PC Support/36.
*SC21-9569*S/36 PC Support/36 Workstation Feature Technical Reference*m*$35.00
This manual provides technical information for using Work Station Feature with IBM Personal Computers connected to the System/36.  This manual is intended for the personal computer technical coordinator (the person responsible for installing Work Station Feature), for programmers who have a personal computer attached to System/36 via the IBM Token-Ring Network, and for users who want to understand Work Station Feature in more detail.
*SC21-9695*S/36 PC Support/36 Workstation Feature User's Guide*m*$13.00
This book explains how to use the PC Support/36 Workstation Feature with personal computers attached to System/36 via a Token-Ring Network.  It describes the PC Support/36 Workstation Feature from a personal computer user's point of view.
*G325-6248*SAP R/3 on AS/400*b*$2.20
Provides high-level technical information regarding the SAP R/3 System on AS/400.  SAP AG, the largest software company in Europe and a leading provider of Client/Server business applications, announced in September 1995 the availability of its R/3 System on AS/400.  R/3, an integrated suite of business applications is flexible, integrated software used to manage complex financial, sales and distribution, material management, production planning, quality management, parts maintenance, personnel administration and project management requirements.  This white paper provides CEOs, CIOs, and MIS directors with information specific to the SAP R/3 offering for AS/400.  12 pages.  1996.  
*GG24-4460*Setting Up and Implementing ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400*r*$75.00
Describes ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager (ADSM) from an AS/400 perspective.  This redbook deals with implementing the ADSM/400 server functions, and addresses installing and setting up the five common client environments for the AS/400: OS/2, DOS, Microsoft Windows, AIX and Novell NetWare.  If there are more than 10 client workstations, such as PCs or PS/2s, attached to an AS/400, and backup and recovery of files on these workstations is becoming a nightmare, then ADSM/400 may be the product needed.  This redbook gives an overview of what you need to consider in using this important product for the AS/400--including planning, performance, comparison with popular alternatives such as Client Access shared folders, and also discusses interoperability with Backup Recovery and Media Services/400 (5763-BR1).  350 pages.  1995.  
*SC41-3430*TCP/IP Fastpath Setup*m*$5.00
Describes how to set up and use TCP/IP on AS/400.  The book uses simplified installation and configuration scenarios to illustrate the basics needed to use TCP/IP.  It provides an overview of file transfer, printing, and other TCP/IP functions.  90 pages.  1995.
*SC41-0125*TCP/IP File Server Support for OS/400 Installation and User's Guide*m*$12.50
Provides information about the TCP/IP File Server Support/400 product, which is a server implementation of the Sun Network File System (NFS) that enables users to share files in a multi-vendor environment.  TCP/IP File Server Support/400 allows transparent access to AS/400 files and document library objects (DLO's) from many different client systems.  From a client system users can create AS/400 source members, PC files, and documents; change attributes such as size, authority, and so forth; read data from files and documents; update source members and PC files; and rename libraries, files, members, folders, PC files and documents.  75 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3543*Ultimedia Builder/400 AVA Language Reference*m*$21.00
Provides information about AVA, an interpreted programming language, for creating audio/visual presentations called stories on an AS/400 system.  It includes information on creating and running multimedia applications using AVA statements, parameters and specifications.  250 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3542*Ultimedia Builder/400 User Guide*m*$14.00
Provides information about authoring multimedia presentations on a V3R1 AS/400 system that combine images, full-motion video, audio, animation and special effects.  175 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4542*Ultimedia Builder/400 User Guide*m*$18.00
Provides information about authoring multimedia presentations on a V3R2/V3R6 AS/400 system that combine images, full-motion video, audio, animation and special effects.  175 pages.  1995.
*G325-6225*Ultimedia Business Conferencing/400*b*$1.15
This brochure describes the applications and functions of Ultimedia Business Conferencing/400, the new AS/400 solution for video conferencing and workgroup computing.  4 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3660*Ultimedia Business Conferencing/400 Setup and Use*m*$5.00
Provides information about installing V3R1/V3R2 Ultimedia Business Conferencing/400 on a V3R1 AS/400 system and on programmable workstations.  In addition, information on using the product for participating in video conferencing is included.  100 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4660*Ultimedia Business Conferencing/400 Setup and Use*m*$7.00
Provides information about installing V3R6 Ultimedia Business Conferencing/400 on a V3R6 AS/400 system and on programmable workstations.  In addition, information on using the product for participating in video conferencing is included.  125 pages.  1995.
*G325-6087*Ultimedia Color Delivery/400*b*$3.20
Describes Ultimedia Color Delivery/400, a program that brings the visual impact of photographic images to the AS/400.  1993.
*SC41-0122*Ultimedia Color Delivery/400 User's Guide and Reference*m*$35.75
This manual is intended for programmers, administrators, and users of Ultimedia Color Delivery/400 PRPQ.  It describes how to use the program to create high-quality color images and then integrate them into an AS/400 application.  180 pages.  1993.
*SV20-8561*Ultimedia Host Support/400*v*$24.50
This videotape presents the features of Ultimedia Host Support/400 and gives two examples of the product in action.  18 minutes.  1993.
*SC41-0086*Ultimedia Host Support/400 Installation Guide*m*$65.50
Describes the Ultimedia Host Support/400 program, how to install it, and how to use it.  368 pages.  1993.
*SC41-3544*Ultimedia Perfect Image/400 User Guide*m*$9.00
Provides information about processing images using V3R1/V3R2 Perfect Image/400.  Includes information on how to display, enhance and edit images, capture images from video, and add or modify text associated with images.  100 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4544*Ultimedia Perfect Image/400 User Guide*m*$11.00
Provides information about processing images using V3R6 Perfect Image/400.  Includes information on how to display, enhance and edit images, capture images from video, and add or modify text associated with images.  100 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3540*Ultimedia System Facilities Installation and Administration*m*$6.00
Provides information about installing Ultimedia System Facilities on a V3R1 AS/400 system.  Includes additional information on planning for an installation and changing product configurations for Ultimedia Facilities use.  65 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4540*Ultimedia System Facilities Installation and Administration*m*$6.00
Provides information about installing Ultimedia System Facilities on a V3R2/V3R6 AS/400 system.  Includes additional information on planning for an installation and changing product configurations for Ultimedia Facilities use.  70 pages.  1995..
*SC41-3652*Ultimedia System Facilities Programming*m*$18.00
Provides information about V3R1 Ultimedia System Facilities application program interfaces (APIs) to add multimedia interfaces to existing applications and develop AS/400 and programmable workstation multimedia applications.  It contains conceptual, reference, and procedural information for designing and coding multimedia scripts and programs that use Ultimedia Facilities APIs.  525 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4652*Ultimedia System Facilities Programming*m*$40.00
Provides information about V3R2/V3R6 Ultimedia System Facilities application program interfaces (APIs) to add multimedia interfaces to existing applications and develop AS/400 and programmable workstation multimedia applications.  It contains conceptual, reference, and procedural information for designing and coding multimedia scripts and programs that use Ultimedia Facilities APIs.  550 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3541*Ultimedia System Facilities User Guide*m*$6.00
Provides information about using Ultimedia System Facilities on a V3R1 AS/400 system to create multimedia presentations and enhance applications with multimedia integration.  It provides step-by-step instructions for each of the tasks required to create, capture, edit, present or manage multimedia data files with Ultimedia Facilities.  125 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4541*Ultimedia System Facilities User Guide*m*$14.00
Provides information about using Ultimedia System Facilities on a V3R2/V3R6 AS/400 system to create multimedia presentations and enhance applications with multimedia integration.  It provides step by step instructions for each of the tasks required to create, capture, edit, present or manage multimedia data files with Ultimedia Facilities.  135 pages.  1995.
*GG24-4020*Ultimedia Video Delivery System/400*r*$50.00
This document provides an overview of Ultimedia Video Delivery System/400.  It gives hints on installation and how to use the APIs.  160 pages.  1993.
*G325-6177*User Interface Directions for AS/400*b*$1.95
Describes IBM's directions for future interfaces on AS/400.  12 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4071*Using Apple Macintosh with AS/400*r*$50.00
Gives installation and configuration advice for the SNA.ps Gateway, SNA.ps 5250, and DAL Server/Client products used for connecting Apple Macintosh computers to the AS/400 via SNA, AppleTalk, and TCP/IP.  Also provides an overview of third-party products.  225 pages.  1994.
*GG24-3856*Using DOS PC Support/400 in OS/2 Version 2 Virtual DOS Machines*r*$50.00
Describes how to use DOC PC Support/400 routers in a Virtual DOS Machine under Operating System/2 Version 2, and contrasts this environment with running OS/2 PC Support/400 under OS/2 Version 2 with Extended Services.  Compares several environments, gives advice on supported or preferred environments, and provides details on configuring the routers.  102 pages.  1992.
*GG24-4013*Using DOS PCS/400 with Novell Netware 3.11 and Netware*r*$75.00
This document describes using DOS PC Support/400 with Novell NetWare 3.11 and NetWare for SAA 1.3.  It is aimed primarily at users of the Extended DOS version of PC Support/400.  193 pages with 3.5-inch diskette.  1993.
*GG24-4070*Using V2R3 DOS and OS/2 PC Support/400 Under OS/2 2.1*r*$75.00
Describes the different ways the Extended DOS and OS/2 versions of  PC Support/400 (V2R3) can be used with OS/2 2.1.  Discusses and compares the different communications facilities available, as well as the emulators that can be used in the various environments.  Detailed installation and configuration information is provided for the V2R3 Communications Manager/400 product, as well as for Communications Manager/2, Network Transport Services/2, and RUMBA/400 for OS/2.  400 pages.  1994.
*G325-6243*VisualAge C++ for OS/400*b*$0.35
This fact sheet describes VisualAge C++ , a comprehensive C++ application development environment for AS/400 business computing systems.  It points out major features and benefits to business partners and to customers.  2 pages.  1995.
*G242-0305*VisualGen: The New Creative Force in Client/Server Programming*p*$5.00
This demo diskette presents VisualGen, a workstation-based set of application development products that improve programmer productivity through visual programming construction of GUI client applications.  6 pages.  1994.
*GG24-2585*Visualizer Client/Server Connectivity Guide*r*$70.00
This redbook addresses the installation and configuration of Visualizer and associated products to access host and PC data, including IBM and non-IBM relational databases, as well as other IBM non-relational objects such as QMF and AS.  Platforms discussed include OS/2, AIX, AS/400, MVS, and VM.  Also included are sections on Visualizer usage and problem determination to help users make the most of Visualizer functions.  300 pages.  1995.
*GG24-4253*V2R3 PC Support/400 and Microsoft Windows 3.1 Advanced Topics*r*$60.00
Provides information to help you understand how V2R2 Extended DOS PC Support/400 can be used in the Microsoft Windows 3.1 environment, and how you can solve specific complex problems found in this environment, such as PC Support/400 coexistence with Microsoft Windows for Workgroups.  396 pages.  1994.
#Communications/Connectivity
*SC41-3413*Alerts Support*m*$16.00
Provides information for configuring and using AS/400 Alerts support for V3R2.  It discusses how to allow end-user applications to create alerts and notify the alert manager of alerts that need to be handled, how to control the creating and sending of alert messages for problem management, and how to perform central site problem analysis for the AS/400 systems in the network.  140 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4413*Alerts Support*m*$36.00
Provides information for configuring and using AS/400 Alerts support for V3R6.  It discusses how to allow end-user applications to create alerts and notify the alert manager of alerts that need to be handled, how to control the creating and sending of alert messages for problem management, and how to perform central site problem analysis for the AS/400 systems in the network.  328 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3411*AnyMail/400 Mail Server Framework Support*m*$7.00
Contains information on supporting the mail server framework MSF, including MSF errors and MSF function.  Describes how to use the MSF commands, the MSF exit points and exit programs, and the QZMF journal support.  75 pages.  1994.
*G325-6292*AnyNet/400 Fact Sheet*b*$0.85
This fact sheet describes the features of the AnyNet/400 product, which allows you to add applications designed to run over different protocols without changing applications or modifying hardware.  2 pages.  1995.
*GG24-4396*AnyNet: Sockets over SNA NetBOIS over SNA Installation and Interoperability*r*$45.00
Describes the implementation of the Multiprotocol Transport Networking (MPTN) architecture on the MVS, OS/2, and OS/400 platforms.  It includes Sockets over SNA (MVS/ESA, OS/2, and OS/400), Sockets over SNA Gateway (OS/2), and NetBIOS over SNA (OS/2).  This document describes working conditions, definitions and test results to guide readers in the planning, methodology, installation, and implementation of their first MPTN network.  It is intended for systems engineers, network managers, application designers and technical support personnel who are interested in the implementation of the IBM MPTN architecture.  A brief introduction to SNA, TCP/IP, and MPTN is provided; however, a basic working knowledge of these topics is required.  350 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3443*APPC Programming*m*$44.00
Describes the advanced program-to-program communications (APPC) support for the AS/400 system.  Guides in developing application programs that use APPC and defining the communications environment for APPC communications.  Includes application program considerations, configuration requirements and commands, problem management for APPC, and general networking considerations.  325 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3407*APPN Support*m*$42.00
Provides information about the Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking (APPN) support.  It describes the APPN concepts, functions, and features and contains information for configuring an APPN network.  300 pages.  1996.
*SK2T-2171*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R1/V3R2 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1996.
*SK2T-2839*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R6 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1995.
*GG24-4039*AS/400 and RISC System/6000 Connectivity*r*$50.00
This document compares the connectivity options between AS/400 and RISC System/6000 and provides information for TCP/IP, SNA, and AIX AS/400 Connectivity Program/6000 V2.  188 pages.  1993.
*GG24-2531*AS/400 AnyNet Scenarios*r*$40.00
Unique in its detailed coverage of AnyNet/400, this redbook focuses on providing configuration information and configuration examples for AS/400 AnyNet scenarios.  These scenarios cover not only AnyNet/400-to-AnyNet/400 connections, but also AnyNet/400-to-AnyNet/2 connections and AnyNet/400-to-AnyNet/MVS connections.  Also included is a scenario showing how the 5494 remote workstation controller can be connected to an AS/400 via a TCP/IP network.  Information is provided about the AS/400 configuration steps required to implement both Sockets over SNA and APPC over TCP/IP.  The redbook also includes information on AS/400 APING.  Some knowledge of TCP/IP and APPN is assumed.  250 pages.  1995.  
*GG24-4023*AS/400 APPN Configuration Guide*r*$50.00
Describes the concepts, configurations, and flows between Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking (APPN) network nodes, Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking (APPN) end nodes, and LEN end nodes.  It provides a number of scenarios with these nodes interacting both through and independently of a subarea network.  It also provides discussion of the most recent implementations of APPN, for AS/400, PS/2, 3174, 5394, RISC/6000, and VTAM Version 4.1.  This publication goes beyond merely providing configuration examples to give the reader an understanding of the mechanisms that underpin the implementation of APPN on these systems .  It is intended for IBM system engineers, system planners, and network administrators involved in designing APPN networks within a single corporation or between different corporations. The user should have a basic knowledge of networking concepts and terminology.  550 pages.  1994.
*GG24-3841*AS/400 Automation Using NetView and the SNA MS Transport*r*$35.00
Provides guidelines and examples of using the NetView management services (MS) transport API in conjunction with the AS/400 management services API to guide AS/400 and NetView system programmers and system engineers in the implementation of systems management automation functions.  It also provides guidelines and examples for the implementation of remote operations applications.  Knowledge of APPC and systems management is required.  300 pages.  1992.
*GG24-4386*AS/400 Communication Definition Examples III*r*$50.00
Contains a number of communication scenarios all involving the AS/400 system in one way or another. This redbook is intended to give the communication system specialist some real-world examples of configuration as a basis for setting up links between the AS/400 and many other systems.  Connectivity to S/390, other AS/400s, remote work stations like the 2174 and 5x94, PS/2s, RS/6000s, and OEM systems like DEC MicroVAX, HP 9000-720; via protocols like SDLC, X.25, ISDN, TRLAN, X.21, SNA/APPN, and TCP/IP, all make for a wide range of connectivity solutions at your finger tips.  By using these sample scenarios, which are complete with configuration details, you can set up connections with your AS/400 very quickly.  After establishing a connection using these definitions, you can customize your network to meet your particular needs.  This can save you both time and money.  325 pages.  1994.  
*SV20-8572*AS/400 Connectivity Answers for Clients Selection Tool*p*$12.75
Discover connectivity solutions for your environment!  This selection tool on diskette provides answers to questions about communications needs for the customers' business activities.  Many communications products are recommended along with the type of network and operating systems they support.  1995.  
*GG24-4154*AS/400 Network Management Guide*r*$85.00
Describes how the basic network management functions provided with Operating System/400 can be effectively extended by the use of SMAO/400 (Systems Management Automation Offering/400), NetView Remote Operations Manager and NetView Remote Operations Agent/400, or the NetView to AS/400 Bridge PRPQ.  This document is intended for anyone needing to manage AS/400 systems or AS/400 networks.  Some general communication knowledge is required.  325 pages.  1994.
*GG24-3919*AS/400 SNA Pass-Through Communications Definitions*r*$75.00
Describes the concepts and configurations of the SNA Pass-Through Facility, including definitions and examples.  196 pages.  1993.
*GG24-4058*AS/400 SNA Primary LU Support Configuration Guide*r*$30.00
Describes the SNA Primary LU Support (SPLS) in Operating System/400 and how to configure AS/400 to use SPLS to communicate with Virtual Telecommunications Access Method (VTAM).  SPLS enables 3270 users connected to a Systems Network Architecture (SNA) communications controller to use any AS/400 system that is connected to the SNA network. The 3270 users can sign on and use AS/400 applications as if using 5250 devices.  This document is intended for customers, IBM systems engineers, system planners, and network administrators involved in designing and installing AS/400 SNA Primary LU Support.  A knowledge of AS/400 communications and SNA networking is required.  225 pages.  1994.
*GG24-3442*AS/400 TCP/IP Configuration and Operation*r*$75.00
This document is intended for customers who need to configure and use TCP/IP for AS/400 LP without having any special AS/400 TCP/IP skill.  325 pages.  1994.
*GG22-9483*AS/400 TPC Benchmark*b*$20.00
Selected AS/400 models were measured using the TPC Benchmark, and the measurements were audited by an independent auditor.  This publication contains a copy of the AS/400 TPC Benchmark A Full Disclosure Report (Section I) and the Independent Auditor's Report (Section II).  140 pages.  1990.
*GG24-4382*AS/400 VM/MVS Bridge Configuration and Operations*r*$50.00
Describes the implementation of the AS/400 VM/MVS Bridge, including examples of configuration and operations.  It provides a number of scenarios that show distribution services and the sending or receiving of files, messages, input streams, and spooled files in the AS/400 networks with MVS/JES2 or VM/RSCS.  This redbook is intended for use by IBM customers, IBM systems engineers, system planners, and network administrators involved in designing and installing the AS/400 VM/MVS Bridge.  The reader should have a basic knowledge of AS/400, NJE concepts, and SNA VTAM/NCP communications.  200 pages.  1994.
*SA41-3130*ASCII Work Station Reference*m*$37.00
Provides information on how to use ASCII work stations attached to the AS/400 system and configuration information pertaining to the ASCII work station controller.  Describes how to adjust the settings of ASCII work stations and provides information on keyboard mappings and character code mappings.  368 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3444*Asynchronous Communications Programming*m*$20.00
Provides a description of asynchronous communications, including the types of communications lines and remote systems that are supported; remote system configuration requirements and the requirements needed by remote programs to start communicating with the AS/400 system; commands used by an AS/400 program to start a communications session; input and output operations used to communicate in a session; programming considerations for the AS/400 system and for the remote system; return codes that can be sent to a program; and how to use interactive terminal facility (ITF).  151 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3445*BSC Equivalence Link Programming*m*$20.00
Provides the information needed to write programs for the binary synchronous communications equivalence link (BSCEL) to communicate with a remote system.  Also contains information about other systems and devices that communicate with BSCEL on the AS/400 system.  Describes how to set up BSCEL and how to run application programs that use BSCEL.  Provides information on developing BSCEL communications application programs that use the OS/400 intersystem communications function (OS/400-ICF).  176 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-6842*CallPath/400*m*$58.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: CallPath/400 Planning and Installation Guide (SC33-1365) and CallPath/400 Programmer's Reference (SC33-1366).
*SC33-0824*CICS Family: Inter-Product Communication*m*$5.05
Provides information on how intercommunication between CICS family members is documented and introduces the CICS intercommunication functions.  100 pages.  1994.
*GC33-1389*CICS/400 General Information*b*$5.00
This brochure describes the features and positioning of  CICS for OS/400 for customers who are considering using CICS for distributing applications.  It describes how CICS for OS/400 meets the needs of today's business computing system users.  4 pages.  1995.
*SC33-1388*CICS/400 Intercommunication*m*$15.50
Provides information on setting up the half-session to enable CICS/400 to communicate with CICS systems, including CICS clients, on other platforms.  175 pages.  1994.
*SC33-1384*CICS/400 Problem Determination*m*$9.00
Provides information to help you resolve application and system problems that may occur in a CICS/400 system.  Gives advice on dealing with the IBM Support Center and on APARs.  125 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3401*Communications Configuration*m*$56.00
Provides information on how to configure the communications functions available with the OS/400 licensed program, including detailed descriptions of network server, network interface, line, controller, device, mode, class-of-service, and NetBIOS descriptions configuration lists, and connection lists.  500 pages.  1996.
*G325-6200*Communications Console Brochure*b*$0.70
Available only in softcopy.  Provides late-breaking information on the Communications Console function.  6 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3406*Communications Management*m*$15.00
Provides information about work management in a communications environment, communications status, tracing and diagnosing communications problems, error handling and recovery, performance, and specific line speed and subsystem storage information.  223 pages.  1996.
*SBOF-6841*Communications Utilities*m*$42.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Remote Job Entry (SC09-1903) and SNA Distribution Services (SC41-3410).
*SBOF-9165*Communications Utilities/400 V3R6*m*$62.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Remote Job Entry (RJE) Guide (SC09-2067) and SNA Distribution Services (SC41-3410).
*SC41-3409*DSNX Support*m*$12.00
Provides information for configuring a V3R2 AS/400 system to use communications and systems management functions, which include change management functions in an IBM NetView Distribution Manager Netview DM network and problem management functions in a network.  125 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4409*DSNX Support*m*$30.00
Provides information  for the programmer who is responsible for configuring the V3R6 AS/400 system to use communications and systems management functions.   For the V3R6 AS/400 system, this support includes change management functions in an IBM NetView Distribution Manager (Netview DM) network and problem management functions in a network.  125 pages.  1995.
*GG24-3797*Facsimile Support/400 Implementation*r*$50.00
Describes Facsimile Support/400 and provides guidance on the implementation and use of Facsimile Support/400 in applications.  170 pages.  1992.
*GG24-3758*Getting Started with AS/400 OSI*r*$50.00
Provides a cookbook-style configuration guide to OSI Communications Subsystem/400, OSI Message Services/400, and OSI File Services/400.  238 pages.  1992.
*GG24-4222*IBM AS/400 APPN Problem Management*r*$50.00
Describes the concepts and functions of AS/400 Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking (APPN) problem management.  Describes AS/400 APPN architecture, provides network design guidelines to prevent problems from occurring, and describes how to manage problems when they occur.  232 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4373*Implementing LANRES/400 with Novell NetWare*r*$45.00
Describes using LANRES/400 with Novell NetWare 3.12 and NetWare for SAA 1.3B.  This redbook  provides advice and guidance for installing and configuring LANRES/400 on both the AS/400 and NetWare server.  It also provides example programs for automating administration of a NetWare server, and distribution of files to multiple servers.  This manual is intended for customers, IBM systems engineers, NetWare resellers and IBM business partners.  Some knowledge of NetWare and OS/400 is required.  150 pages.  1995.  
*SC41-3400*Internetwork Packet Exchange Support*m*$18.00
Explains the configuration and use of the Novell protocol suite with the V3R1/V3R2 OS/400 operating system.  These protocols include: Internetwork Packet Exchange (IPX), Sequenced Packet Exchange (SPX), Service Advertising Protocol (SAP), Router Information Protocol (RIP), and NLSP.  This information is for the system administrator.  225 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3403*ISDN Support*m*$17.50
Provides information about configuring and using integrated services digital networks.  Gives a conceptual description of ISDN, as well as a description of the V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 implementation of ISDN and X.31 packet mode and circuit mode.  Also discusses ISDN performance, network-specific parameters, and differences.  Examples provide configuration references for ISDN network types.  125 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4403*ISDN Support*m*$14.00
Provides information about configuring and using integrated services digital networks.  Gives a conceptual description of ISDN, as well as a description of the V3R6 AS/400 implementation of ISDN and X.31 packet mode and circuit mode.  Also discusses ISDN performance, network-specific parameters, and differences.  Examples provide configuration references for ISDN network types.  125 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3423*LAN Server for OS/400 Administration*m*$28.00
Provides information about using the LAN Server for OS/400 licensed program, including information about the File Server I/O Processor (FSIOP).  Discussion includes installing, configuring, and using the LAN Server/400 support and the File Server I/O Processor.  400 pages.  1996.
*G325-6194*LAN Server/400*b*$1.95
Describes the functions and benefits of LAN Server/400.  8 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3404*Local Area Network Support*m*$25.00
Describes the AS/400 support for IBM token-ring, distributed data interface (DDI), Ethernet, and wireless local area networks and frame relay wide area networks.  Also includes information about AS/400 functions used for problem determination and management of local area networks.  212 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3121*Local Device Configuration*m*$12.00
Provides information about configuring local devices on a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system.  170 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4121*Local Device Configuration*m*$24.00
Provides information about configuring local devices on a V3R6 AS/400 system.  180 pages.  1995.
*SC33-1139*MQSeries Distributed Queuing Guide*m*$42.75
Describes the concepts of MQSeries distributed queuing and explains how to plan, define, and manage the message channels that allow application data to be moved across various points in a network.  450 pages.  1995.
*GC33-1361*MQSeries for OS/400 Administration Guide*m*$29.75
Provides information on how to install, customize, operate, and administer the MQSeries for OS/400 (V3R2) program.  250 pages.  1996.  
*SC33-1361*MQSeries for OS/400 Administration Guide*m*$29.75
Provides information on how to install, customize, operate, and administer the MQSeries for OS/400 (V3R1/V3R6) program.  250 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9169*MQSeries V3R6*m*$178.70
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  MQSeries Planning Guide (GC33-1349); MQSeries Distributed Queuing Guide (SC33-1139); MQSeries for OS/400 Administration Guide (SC33-1361); MQSeries Introduction to Messaging and Queuing (GC33-0805); MQSeries Application Programming Guide (SC33-0807); MQSeries Message Queue Interface Technical Reference (SC33-0850); MQSeries for OS/400 Programmable Command Formats (SC33-1228); and MQSeries Command Reference (SC33-1369).
*SC41-3409*Network and Systems Management*m*$20.00
Provides information for configuring a V3R1 AS/400 system to use the change management support (distributed systems node executive) and problem management support (alerts).  240 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3414*OptiConnect for OS/400*m*$13.00
Describes V3R1/V3R2 OptiConnect support for OS/400, which allows intersystem database access much more quickly than other options by using a fiber optic bus to connect multiple AS/400 systems.  100 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4414*OptiConnect for OS/400*m*$10.00
Describes V3R6 OptiConnect support for OS/400, which can connect multiple AS/400s using a fiber optic cable.  OptiConnect allows you to access intersystem databases more quickly and enables you to offload work to another AS/400.  Additional topics include configuration, installation, and operation information.  100  pages.  1995.
*G325-6296*OptiConnect for OS/400 - Advanced technology, advanced performance*b*$3.00
This brochure explains how OptiConnect for OS/400 provides fast inter-system database access through shared load on multiple systems, shared access to multiple databases, and the elimination of database duplication.  4 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6830*OS/400 Communications Management Support*m*$158.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Communications Configuration (SC41-3401); Remote Work Station Support (SC41-3402); ISDN Support (SC41-3403); Local Area Network Support (SC41-3404); X.25 Network Support (SC41-3405); Communications Management (SC41-3406); APPN Support (SC41-3407); 3270 Device Emulation Support (SC41-3408); Network and Systems Management (SC41-3409); SNA Distribution Services (SC41-3410); and AnyMail/400 Mail Server Framework    Support (SC41-3411).
*SBOF-8817*OS/400 Communications Management Support V3R2*m*$344.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R2 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  Internetwork Packet Exchange (IPX) Support (SC41-3400); Communications Configuration (SC41-3401); Remote Work Station Support (SC41-3402); ISDN Support (SC41-3403); LAN and Frame Relay Support (SC41-3404); X.25 Network Support (SC41-3405); Communications Management (SC41-3406); APPN Support (SC41-3407); 3270 Device Emulation Support (SC41-3408); DSNX Support (SC41-3409); SNA Distribution Services (SC41-3410); AnyMail/400 Mail Server Framework Support (SC41-3411); Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Support (SC41-3412); Alerts Support (SC41-3413); and TCP/IP Configuration and Reference (SC41-3420).  
*SBOF-9152*OS/400 Communications Management Support V3R6*m*$310.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Communications Configuration (SC41-3401); Remote Work Station Support (SC41-3402); ISDN Support (SC41-4403); LAN and Frame Relay Support (SC41-3404); X.25 Network Support (SC41-4405); Communications Management (SC41-3406); APPN Support (SC41-3407); 3270 Device Emulation Support (SC41-3408); TCP/IP Configuration and Reference (SC41-3420); Alerts Support (SC41-4413); DSNX Support (SC41-4409); and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Support (SC41-4412).
*SBOF-6831*OS/400 Communications Programming Support*m*$100.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: CPI Communications Reference (SC26-4399); ICF Programming (SC41-3442); APPC Programming (SC41-3443); Asynchronous Communications Programming (SC41-3444); BSC Equivalence Link Programming (SC41-3445); SNA Upline Facility Programming (SC41-3446); and Intrasystem Communications Programming (SC41-3447).
*SBOF-8818*OS/400 Communications Programming Support V3R2*m*$226.75
This form number indicates a selection of V3R2 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  CPI Communications Reference (SC26-4399); ICF Programming (SC41-3442); APPC Programming (SC41-3443); Asynchronous Communications Programming (SC41-3444); BSC Equivalence Link Programming (SC41-3445); SNA Upline Facility Programming (SC41-3446); Intrasystem Communications Programming (SC41-3447); Retail Communications Programming (SC41-3448); and Finance Communications Programming (SC41-3449).  
*SBOF-9154*OS/400 Communications Programming Support V3R6*m*$220.50
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: CPI Communications Reference (SC26-4399); ICF Programming (SC41-3442); APPC Programming (SC41-3443); Asynchronous Communications Programming (SC41-3444); BSC Equivalence Link Programming (SC41-3445); SNA Upline Facility Programming (SC41-3446); Intrasystem Communications Programming (SC41-3447); Retail Communications Programming (SC41-3448); and Finance Communications Programming (SC41-3449).
*SC41-3124*OS/400 Integration for Novell NetWare*m*$15.00
Describes how to install and set up the NetWare 4.1 product from Novell, Inc. onto an FSIOP attached to a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 business computing system.  300 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9153*OS/400 Mail Services Support V3R6*m*$31.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  SNA Distribution Services (SC41-3410); and AnyMail/400 Mail Server Framework Support (SC41-3411).
*SBOF-9191*OSI Communications Subsystem/400 V3R6*m*$198.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: OSI CS/400 Configuration (SC41-3425); OSI CS/400 Operations (SC41-3426); OSI File Services/400 Support (SC41-3427); OSI File Services/400 Programming (SC41-3428); and OSI Message Services/400 Support (SC41-3429).
*SC41-3425*OSI CS/400 Configuration*m*$84.00
Describes how to configure an OSI network using the OSI CS/400 licensed program.  Includes syntax diagrams and the OSI network.  520 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3426*OSI CS/400 Operations*m*$26.00
Provides information for operating the OSI communications subsystem, including commands and examples.  This information can help users decide on system backup procedures, understand how to report product problems to IBM, and understand and handle product error messages.  125 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3427*OSI File Services/400 Support*m*$33.00
Provides information on transferring or managing files in local or remote systems using the interactive interface of OSI File Services.  300 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3429*OSI Message Services/400 Support*m*$25.00
Provides information on using X.400 message service support of the AS/400 system to communicate over OSI networks.  150 pages.  1994.
*SL23-0192*OSI/Communications Subsystem Abstract Syntax Checker Reference*m*$25.00
This publication explains how to use the Abstract Syntax Checker Utility of OSI/Communications Subsystem for programmers who will use the OSI ACSE Presentation Layer.  300 pages.  1991.
*SL23-0202*OSI/Communications Subsystem C Language Examples*m*$22.50
Shows examples of C Language programs for the OSI/Communications Subsystem programming interface.  The examples use environments such as hotel reservations
*SL23-0201*OSI/Communications Subsystem COBOL Language Examples*m*$7.50
Shows examples of COBOL language programs for the OSI/Communications Subsystem programming interface.  The examples use environments such as hotel reservations and credit card billing.  100 pages.  1991.
*SL23-0191*OSI/Communications Subsystem Programming Concepts and Guide*m*$10.00
Contains programming concepts for the OSI/Communications Subsystem programming interface for advanced programmers writing peer-to-peer OSI programs.  100 pages.  1991.
*SL23-0190*OSI/Communications Subsystem Programming Reference*m*$23.75
Intended for use by programmers who want to write advanced programs that use the OSI/Communications Subsystem callable services.  Describes the programming interfaces that are used by the OSI/Communications Subsystem for the following two Open System Interconnection layers:  Association Control Service Element (ACSE)/Presentation Layer and Session Layer.  Designed to be used in conjunction with the OSI/Communications Subsystem Programming Concepts and Guide (SL23-0191).  1992.
*SL23-0193*OSI/Communications Subsystem Programming with the Starter Set*m*$12.50
Describes a starter set of callable services for the OSI/Communications Subsystem.  The starter set allows programmers to use a simple subset of the callable services to create OSI peer-to-peer programs.  200 pages.  1991.
*SC41-3450*POS Communications Utility/400 Support*m*$15.00
Provides information needed to use V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 retail communications in an Advanced Data Communication for Stores (ADCS) environment.  Describes how to enable the AS/400 host system or in-store processor to communicate with retail controllers.  92 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4450*POS Communications Utility/400 Support*m*$15.00
Provides information needed to use V3R6 AS/400 retail communications in an Advanced Data Communication for Stores (ADCS) environment.  Describes how to enable the AS/400 host system or in-store processor to communicate with retail controllers.  92 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3402*Remote Work Station Support*m*$21.00
Provides information about configuring and using remote work stations to access the AS/400 system.  177 pages.  1994.
*SC21-9471*S/36 Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking (APPN) Guide*m*$8.00
This manual contains information for configuring and using Systems Network Architecture/Advanced Peer-to-Peer communications networking (SNA/APPN).
*SC21-8010*S/36 Communications and Systems Management Guide*m*$13.00
This manual provides information needed to configure and run the three major parts of the C&SM feature.  It describes remote management support, which is provided by the System/36 Distributed Host Command Facility (DHCF); change management support, which is provided by the System/36 Distributed Systems Node Executive (DSNX); and alert support, which sends alert messages to the host system.  It also provides an overview of host HCF support and DSX support and explains how to configure the host system to communicate with System/36.  This manual is written for the System/36 programmer and the host system programmer.
*SC21-8011*S/36 Distributed Data Management Guide*m*$13.00
This manual explains how to use DDM to create, delete, copy, and rename remote files on other systems, and how to read, add, update, and delete records in these remote files.  It describes the necessary preparations and the differences between local and remote file processing, as well as the language and utilities you can use to edit, delete, save, list, and restore the network resource directory.  Descriptions of the network resource directory messages (NRD-xxxx) are also provided.
*SC21-8003*S/36 Getting Started with IDDU*m*$15.00
This manual tells how to use Query/36 to produce reports from data in computer files, how to use DisplayWrite/36 (DW/36) to combine text in a document with data in a computer file, and how to use Advanced Program-to-Program Communications (APPC) or INTRA to communicate between programs on the same or different computer systems.
*SC21-7909*S/36 Multiple Session Remote Job Entry Guide*m*$30.00
This manual provides the information necessary to configure and run the System/36 Multiple Session Remote Job Entry feature.  It also provides an overview of remote job entry and gives the information needed to properly configure a host system to communicate with System/36 MSRJE.  The manual is intended for System/36 workstation operators and programmers, the host system programmer, and support representatives.
*SC21-7944*S/36 Multiple Session Remote Job Entry Messages*m*$3.00
This manual lists and explains MSRJE program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the RJE message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-9060*S/36 Remote Operation/Support Facility Guide*m*$9,00
Whether or not you are familiar with data communications, you will find this manual extremely helpful when you decide to establish a remote support group to provide you with technical assistance.
*SC21-9530*S/36 SSP-ICF Base Subsystems Reference*m*$30.00
This manual contains detailed information about the APPC, BSCEL, CCP, and Peer communications subsystems.  It describes the operations, the OCL statements used, some operation coding examples, and the return codes that can be received for these subsystems.  This manual is intended for System/36 programmers who are writing communications programs that will communicate with a remote system.  It also contains programming considerations that the remote system programmer needs when the remote system is to communicate with System/36.
*SC21-9531*S/36 SSP-ICF Finance Subsystems Reference*m*$7.00
This manual contains detailed information about the Finance Communications subsystem.  It describes the operations, the OCL statements used, some operation coding examples, and the return codes that can be received for the finance subsystem.  This manual is intended for System/36 programmers who are writing communications programs that will communicate with a remote system.  It also contains programming considerations that the remote system programmer needs when the remote system is to communicate with System/36.
*SC21-7911*S/36 SSP-ICF Guide and Examples*m*$22.00
This manual is for application programmers who write programs that use the System/36 Interactive Communications Feature.  Application programmers who are using the Interactive Communications Feature for the first time should read this manual for a general understanding of the feature.  Others may use this manual to review SSP-ICF programming procedures or to help find the cause of a problem associated with SSP-ICF.
*SC21-9533*S/36 SSP-ICF Programming for Subsystems and Intra Subsystem Reference*m*$20.00
This manual contains general information about the SSP-ICF Communications Feature and its subsystems, as well as detailed information about the Intra Communications subsystem.  It describes the operations, the OCL statements used, some operation coding examples, and the return codes that can be received for the Intra subsystem.  It also contains examples of programming in Assembler, COBOL, BASIC, and RPG II.  This manual is intended for System/36 programmers who are writing communications programs that will communicate with a remote system.  It also contains programming considerations that the remote system programmer needs when the remote system is to communicate with System/36.
*SC21-7910*S/36 SSP-ICF Reference*m*$78.00
This manual contains detailed information about the APPC, BSCEL, CCP, and Peer communications subsystems.  It describes the operations, the OCL statements used, and the return codes that can be received for these subsystems.  It also shows some operation coding examples.  This manual is intended for System/36 programmers who are writing communications programs that will communicate with a remote system.  It also contains programming considerations that the remote system programmer needs when the remote system is to communicate with System/36.
*SC21-9532*S/36 SSP-ICF Upline Subsystems Reference*m*$20.00
This manual contains detailed information about the CICS, IMS, and SNUF communications subsystems.  It describes the operations, the OCL statements used, some operation coding examples, and the return codes that can be received for these subsystems.  This manual is intended for System/36 programmers who are writing communications programs that will communicate with a remote system.  It also contains programming considerations that the remote system programmer needs when the remote system is to communicate with System/36.
*SC21-9082*S/36 Using System/36 Communications*m*$29.00
Using this manual, the System/36 programmer will be able to perform the following communications tasks:  change the system communications values; change display station communications values; define a Systems Network Architecture (SNA) X.25, synchronous data link control (SDLC), or Token-Ring Network line member configuration; define a binary synchronous communications (BSC) line member configuration; and define an X.25 configuration.
*SC21-9143*S/36 Using the Asynchronous Communications Support*m*$10.00
This manual provides application and system programmers with information for using the IBM System/36 asynchronous communications support.  The manual also provides information about how to operate the interactive terminal facility (ITF).
*SC21-7912*S/36 3270 Device Emulation Guide*m*$14.75
This manual provides information for both the operator and programmer on configuring a system using BSC and SNA 3270 device emulation; and using BSC and SNA 3270 device emulation once the system is configured.  Device functions, differences, and similarities are also described..  This manual is intended for the display station operator who uses 3270 device emulation and for programmers who configure the System/36 for using 3270 device emulation and who write application programs that communicate with host systems using the binary synchronous communications (BSC) 3270 program interface.
*SC26-4399*SAA CPI Communications Reference*m*$18.50
Provides information about writing applications that adhere to the Systems Application Architecture (SAA) Communications interface.  The manual defines the elements of the SAA Communications Common Programming Interface (CPI), which provides a programming interface that allows program-to-program communications using IBM's Systems Network Architecture (SNA) logical unit 6.2 (LU6.2).  700 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3412*Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Support*m*$10.00
Describes how to configure a V3R2 AS/400 to use Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).  Discusses SNMP agents, subagents, managers, and management information bases (MIBs), as well as client inventory management, journal for SNMP logging, and problem determination for SNMP.  100 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4412*Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Support*m*$7.00
Describes how to configure a V3R6 AS/400 to use Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).  Discusses SNMP agents, subagents, managers, and management information bases (MIBs), as well as client inventory management, journal for SNMP logging, and problem determination for SNMP.  100 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3410*SNA Distribution Services*m*$32.00
Provides information about configuring a network using Systems Network Architecture distribution services (SNADS) and the Virtual Machine/Multiple Virtual Storage (VM/MVS) bridge.  In addition, object distribution functions, document library services, system distribution directory services, and shadowing are discussed.  250 pages.  1996.
*GG24-4411*Software Change Management Using NetView DM/MVS with SPMF R2 and MSS/400*r*$50.00
Describes the installation and customization of SystemView Managed System Services/400 and includes scenarios that cover software distribution using SystemView Managed System Services/400 with NetView Distribution Manager/MVS.  One scenario addresses some operational aspects of trying to manage large NetView DM/MVS distribution networks in an environment that includes multiple TCPs (Transmission Control Programs).  Another scenario shows the use of NetView DM/MVS with Software Profile Management Facility (SPMF) Release 2.  275 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3420*TCP/IP Configuration and Reference*m*$43.00
Provides information for configuring and using AS/400 TCP/IP support.  The applications included are Network Status (NETSTAT), Packet InterNet Groper (PING), TELNET, File Transfer Protocol (FTP), Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP), line printer requester (LPR), and line printer daemon (LPD).  The TCP and UDP Pascal application program interface (API) is also discussed.  650 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3430*TCP/IP Fastpath Setup*m*$5.00
Describes how to set up and use TCP/IP on AS/400.  The book uses simplified installation and configuration scenarios to illustrate the basics needed to use TCP/IP.  It provides an overview of file transfer, printing, and other TCP/IP functions.  75 pages.  1996.
*SC41-0125*TCP/IP File Server Support for OS/400 Installation and User's Guide*m*$12.50
Provides information about the TCP/IP File Server Support/400 product, which is a server implementation of the Sun Network File System (NFS) that enables users to share files in a multi-vendor environment.  TCP/IP File Server Support/400 allows transparent access to AS/400 files and document library objects (DLO's) from many different client systems.  From a client system users can create AS/400 source members, PC files, and documents; change attributes such as size, authority, and so forth; read data from files and documents; update source members and PC files; and rename libraries, files, members, folders, PC files and documents.  75 pages.  1995.
*G325-6315*TCP/IP for AS/400 Version 3 - Make the most of your business information through network-centric computing*b*$1.10
This fact sheet describes the HTML gateway and World-Wide Web server support on the AS/400.  2 pages.  1996.  
*G325-6065*TCP/IP for AS/400 V3.1.0*b*$1.95
Provides a high-level description of the TCP/IP offering on AS/400, a description of a network showing the IBM-supported TCP/IP environments, and descriptions of the protocols and support that are available on AS/400.  6 pages.  1994.
*SC41-0191*TCP/IP Newsletter*b*$7.94
This newsletter details the differences in the installation procedures and the configuration differences between the V3R1 TCP/IP and the previous release of TCP/IP.  It contains the new/changed/deleted commands, menus, and displays.  60 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4092*The IBM AS/400 as a TCP/IP Network File Server*r*$100.00
This document describes TCP/IP File Server Support/400.  It contains installation and customization scenarios and tips and techniques.  232 pages.  1993.
*SA21-9582*Using Display Station Pass-Through*m*$22.50
This manual is intended for the person responsible for setting up and configuring the APPN network on the AS/400 System, the System/36, and the System/38.  This manual helps you install an Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking (APPN) network so you can use display station pass-through and object distribution.  It shows an example network consisting of three AS/400 systems (a 9406 System Unit and two 9404 System Units), a System/36, and a System/38.  This network is set up and configured using the instructions in this manual.  This manual is designed to help you set up and configure this network or a similar network.  Other manuals may be required if your network is different.  300 pages.
*GG24-4259*VSE/POWER and OS/400 NJE Configuration Examples*r*$25.00
Describes the results of a residency project run at the ITSP Center Boeblingen to customize and test the NJE connection between the VSE/POWER PNET utility and the AS/400 Communications Utilities. The NJE connection provides a more equal relationship for JOB and SYSOUT processing between the two utilities as compared to an RJE connection.  The NJE connection between VSE/POWER PNET and the VM/MVS Bridge of the AS/400 Communications Utilities is not officially supported.  Customers implement this function based on their individual tests and at their own risk.  The redbook is written for systems engineers or system programmers responsible for the NJE implementation. The reader should have a basic knowledge of NJE concepts, VSE/POWER Networking, and the AS/400 Communications Utilities.  125 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3605*Workstation Customization Programming*m*$30.00
Provides information on using the OS/400 customizing functions to create customized mapping tables and translation tables that are used by the workstation controller to allow an ASCII or twinaxial workstation to communicate with the AS/400 system.  275 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3405*X.25 Network Support*m*$15.00
Provides information on how to use the V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 X.25 support.  Includes descriptions of various connection methods, diagnostic information, and configuration examples.  135 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4405*X.25 Network Support*m*$15.00
Provides information on how to use the V3R6 AS/400 X.25 support.  Includes descriptions of various connection methods, diagnostic information, and configuration examples.  135 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3408*3270 Device Emulation Support*m*$18.00
Provides 3270 device emulation information for OS/400 binary synchronous  communications (BSC) and Systems Network Architecture (SNA).  Provides  information about using 3270 device emulation, configuring the system  for 3270 device emulation and setting up 3270 printer emulation, and  creating system device configuration on the host system.  180 pages.  1994.
*GG24-3828*5494 and OS/2 ES: Connecting Remote User Groups to AS/400s Extended Services*r*$50.00
Describes using either the IBM 5494 remote control unit or OS/2 Extended Services for connecting remote work groups to an IBM AS/400.  Also covers connection to different systems in an APPN network.  Provides tips and hints on how to install, configure, and operate these products, as well as sample working configurations for different environments.  242 pages.  1992.
#General
*SC21-8292*Advanced 36 Information Directory*m*$3.00
Lists the products and features available for AS/400 Advanced 36 and the books sent with them.  It also lists additional information for the licensed programs and the hardware models that is not sent with the products and features but is available for purchase.  50 pages.  1996.
*G325-6204*AS/400 Advanced Series - Performance-driven technology that assures investment protection*b*$1.25
This 12-page full-color brochure has pictures of the new AS/400 Advanced Series and many of its internal components.  It describes AS/400 leadership in chip, disk, and removable media technology. This brochure also introduces AS/400 Advanced Application Architecture; the structure that allows customers to make use of this technology while preserving their investment in hardware and software.  12 pages.  1994.
*G325-6247*AS/400 Advanced Series Disk Unit Features*b*$0.95
This fact sheet lists the features and specifications of disk units internal to AS/400 Advanced Series models.  1995.
*GA19-5486*AS/400 Advanced Series Handbook*b*$12.00
Provides information about all aspects of AS/400 Advanced Series, with sections describing AS/400 Advanced Application Architecture and the system concepts.  Provides a full description of AS/400 Advanced System, AS/400 Advanced Server, AS/400 Advanced Portable, hardware components (including all peripherals), and licensed programs that are available on AS/400.  550 pages.  1994
*G580-0994*AS/400 Advanced Series Overview*b*$5.00
Presents significant AS/400 messages, which focus on "network-centric computing," supported by "advanced computing made simple" and "simplicity within the client/server environment."  Reviews and provides technical details concerning the entire AS/400 Advanced Series family.  Information about AS/400 products and peripherals, contained in G221-4480, can be conveniently stored in the back pocket of this Overview brochure.  50 pages.  1996.
*SK2T-2171*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R1/V3R2 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1996.
*SK2T-2839*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R6 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1995.
*G522-0022*AS/400 Advanced Series Worldwide Customer Reference*b*$59.00
This publication contains 125 one-page, full-color, glossy flyers of AS/400 customer references from a wide range of industries.  References are categorized by industry with a special section on competitive conversion references.  Includes AS/400 decision factors, a description of the AS/400 solution, significant project characteristics, and customer benefits.  350 pages.  1995.
*GV40-0720*AS/400 Advanced Solutions Demonstration Customer Examples*v*$35.00
This videotape uses a customer service scenario to show how much time and effort can be saved by using advanced applications, such as CallPath FAX, with AS/400.  1991.
*GA21-9990*AS/400 Business Perspective*m*$25.95
Provides an overview of the AS/400 and  AS/Entry family.  It describes the characteristics of the  systems in terms understandable to the non-DP professional.  Overviews of architecture, system units, options, OS/400,  and others are provided.  300 pages.  1994.
*G360-2062*AS/400 Client/Server Global Review*b*$10.25
Customers highlighted in this 3rd edition of Global Review describe how AS/400 business computing systems have given their companies a competitive advantage. This edition focuses on customers who have implemented client/server solutions with AS/400.  50 pages.  1994.
*G520-7050*AS/400 Direct Catalog*b*$3.50
This direct order AS/400 catalog helps customers order products (hardware, software) by calling 1-800-IBM-CALL.  50 pages.  1995.
*G325-6205*AS/400 Directions: Internationalization*b*$3.15
Provides information on National Language Support for the AS/400.  16 pages.  1994.
*GV40-0728*AS/400 Extend Your Competitive Edge*v*$10.50
This videotape depicts how a manufacturer could use an AS/400 running advanced applications to extend his competitive edge.  1992.
*G360-2060*AS/400 Global Review*b*$12.50
Provides interviews from AS/400 customers around the world.  64 pages.  1991.
*G360-2061*AS/400 Global Review II*b*$12.25
Highlights how customers have used AS/400 technology and solution to help make their businesses more competitive.  1993.
*GV21-9097*AS/400 in an Open World*v*$12.25
In this videotape customer personnel discuss their open systems, featuring AS/400.  8 minutes.  1993.
*G325-0740*AS/400 Support Family Pocket Brochure*b*$1.95
Provides an overview and pricing information for each of the individually priced service offerings included in the AS/400 Support Family.  The service offerings include AS/400 PerformanceEdge, AS/400 Support Line, AS/400 Associate, AS/400 Consult Line, Performance Management/400, AS/400 Forum, AS/400 Alert, AS/400 VitalSign, AS/400 Recovery Express, AS/400 SiteManager, AS/400 RemoteInstall, IBM House Call, and AS/400 Support Solutions.  24 pages, 1994.
*G326-0493*AS/400 User Based Pricing (US Version)*b*$1.00
This brochure provides an overall definition of user based pricing philosophy, methodology, and implementation.  Several examples are included to assist in understanding this pricing structure.  12 pages.  1994.
*GV21-7133*AS/400: Open for Business*v*$10.75
This videotape provides an in-depth look at AS/400 as an open system.  1993.
*GG24-3070*Bibliography of International Technical Support Center Technical Bulletins*m*$12.00
This document is a bibliography of all general use technical documents (Redbooks) produced by the International Technical Support Organization currently available at the time of this publication.  To receive this bibliography automatically, subscriptions are available either by form number or as part of GBOF-0429.  This bibliography is updated twice yearly. 450 pages.  1994.
*GV20-8526*Big Solutions for Small Business*v*$17.50
This videotape depicts how representative small businesses (manufacturer, banker, dental clinic, repair/retailer) have met the challenges of today's competitive marketplace by installing integrated solutions on a low-cost entry model AS/400 and have plenty of room to grow.  1991.
*GC41-3004*Finding Information in the AS/400 Softcopy Library*m*$N/A
Available only in softcopy.  Provides searching and linking to aid users in finding books in the V3R1 AS/400 Softcopy Library. 1995.
*SC21-8299*General Information for SSP Operating System*m*$8.00
Describes new function for Advanced 36 SSP Release 7 Modification 5 and the 9402 Model 436 and includes information about multiple operating system concepts.  It also contains information about function and programming enhancements that are not documented in existing System/36 manuals.  150 pages.  1996.
*GV21-9085*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--ABS Perspective*v*$15.50
In this videotape, John Thompson outlines the future technologies that will be incorporated on the AS/400 platform.  1993.
*GV21-9079*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--Architecture Futures*v*$15.50
In this videotape, Dr. Frank G. Soltis describes the AS/400 architecture futures.  1993.
*GV21-9082*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--Greenalls Group*v*$15.50
This videotape shows the evolving use of AS/400 advanced technologies by an initially skeptical customer.  1993.
*GV21-9096*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--Highlights*v*$15.50
This videotape gives brief highlights including AS/400 development lab directions, product success, and architecture futures from presentations by Main Tent speakers.  1993.
*GV21-9095*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--Overview/Sampler*v*$15.50
This videotape gives an overview and samples from presentations by Main Tent speakers.  1993.
*GV21-9078*IBM AS/400 Worldwide Conference--Product Excellence*v*$15.50
In this videotape, Bill Zeitler focuses on extending the competitive advantage of AS/400 in a changing computer industry.  1993.
*GV21-9099*Interview with Nina Lytton, Open Systems Advisor*v*$14.50
This videotape features an interview with Nina Lytton, President and Publisher of the Open Systems Advisor.  Included are segments on the role of AS/400 in an open systems environment.  30 minutes.  1993.
*G326-0529*Is today's most popular business computer right for you?*b*$1.10
This brochure presents answers to many of the questions today's business owners and managers ask about AS/400.  These answers should help you decide whether AS/400 advanced computing and ease of use can give you the advantages you need to drive your business forward in today's competitive arena.  16 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3006*Master Glossary*m*$N/A
Available only in softcopy.  Provides definitions for many technical terms used on the AS/400 system.  Terms and definitions for the V3R1/V3R2 OS/400 operating system and for some licensed programs are included.   350 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4006*Master Glossary*m*$N/A
Available only in softcopy.  Provides definitions for many technical terms used on the AS/400 system.  Terms and definitions for the V3R6 OS/400 operating system and for some licensed programs are included.   370 pages.  1995.
*GR28-5468*Midrange Training Solutions--January 1995*b*$4.99
This catalog describes courses available for midrange education and training in the following categories:  application development, database, transaction processing, AIX/UNIX, OS/400, programming languages, and office applications.  Includes enrollment information, ordering information, price, class schedules, and conferences.  A keyword index and other helpful indexes have been added.  All course descriptions included in this catalog are available online through the HONE education application, as well as through the IBMLink education application, which is updated daily.  250 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3101*National Language Support*m*$25.00
Provides information about: understanding national language support concepts; using national language support functions in a multilingual environment; understanding how the licensed programs are affected by national language support functions in a multilingual environment.  350 pages.  1994.
*SN41-3092*Ordering, Organizing, Accessing AS/400 Publications*m*$1.10
This supplement to the Publications Ordering booklet, SC41-3000, describes the publications feature codes in the configurator, and also offers suggestions and recommendations for organizing the printed books in the AS/400 library as well as tips on information retrieval.  It is intended for anyone who orders, organizes, or accesses AS/400 publications.  50 pages.  1995.
*SC41-4000*Ordering, Organizing, Accessing Information*m*$3.00
Provides help to anyone who orders, organizes, or accesses AS/400 publications:  It describes the publications feature groups available when you place your order for software; it suggests and recommends ways to organize the printed books in the AS/400 library; and it offers tips on information retrieval.  50 pages.  1996.
*SBOF-9185*OS/400 National Language Support V3R6*m*$60.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  National Language Support (SC41-3101) and International Application Development (SC41-3603).
*SBOF-9184*OS/400 Softcopy and Publications Support V3R6*m*$24.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  InfoSeeker Use (SC41-4002) and Publications Reference (SC41-4003).
*SBOF-8813*OS/400 Softcopy and Pubs Support V3R2*m*$26.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R2 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  InfoSeeker Use (SC41-3002); Publications Reference (SC41-3003); and Ordering, Organizing, Accessing AS/400 Publications (SC41-4000).  
*G326-0549*OS/400 Version 3 - Foundation for the Future*b*$1.55
This brochure describes the features, functions, and benefits of OS/400 Version 3.  A glossary of software products is included.  24 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6828*OS/400 V3R1 Base Set*m*$50.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Publications Ordering (SC41-3000); InfoSeeker - Getting Started (SC41-3001); Software Installation (SC41-3120); Getting Started on the AS/400 System (SC41-3204); System Startup and Problem Handling (SC41-3206); Backup and Recovery - Basic (SC41-3304); U.S. Publications Prices Supplement for Version 3 Release 1 (SN41-3091); and Software Installation - Automatic (SX41-3128).
*SBOF-8815*OS/400 V3R2 Base Set*m*$92.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R2 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  InfoSeeker - Getting Started (SC41-3001); Software Installation (SC41-3120); Local Device Configuration (SC41-3121); Getting Started with AS/400 (SC41-3204); System Startup and Problem Handling (SC41-3206); Tips and Tools for Securing Your AS/400 (SC41-3300); Backup and Recovery - Basic (SC41-3304); Performance Management/400 Offering and Services (SC41-3347); and TCP/IP Fastpath Setup (SC41-3430).  
*SBOF-9150*OS/400 5716-SS1 Base Set V3R6*m*$40.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  TCP/IP Fastpath Setup (SC41-3430); InfoSeeker - Getting Started (SC41-4001); Software Installation (SC41-4120); Getting Started with AS/400 (SC41-4204); and System Startup and Problem Handling  (SC41-4206).
*G325-6193*Preparing for the PowerPC*b*$1.95
Describes how the PowerPC architecture will affect the AS/400 system and its users.  8 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3000*Publications Ordering*m*$5.00
Contains a description of the methods and devices for ordering V3R1 publications and a complete list of all the publications associated with each of the V3R1 licensed programs.  Included in the base set of publications.  50 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3003*Publications Reference*m*$10.00
Identifies and describes the printed and online information in the V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 library, and also lists other publications about the AS/400 system.  Includes cross-reference information between the current library and the previous version library.  150 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4003*Publications Reference*m*$6.00
Identifies and describes the printed and online information in the V3R6 AS/400 library, and also lists other publications about the AS/400 system.  Includes cross-reference information between the current library and the previous version library.  125 pages.  1995.
*SC21-9018*S/36 Learning About Your Computer*m*$45.00
If the ABCs of data processing applications, bytes, control commands, and disk drives mean nothing to you, you will want to read this manual.  Using a fictitious company called Midwest Manufacturing and Distributing Company, this manual moves from an overview of data processing to more detailed explanations of specific data processing topics.  Numerous photographs and illustrations help clarify data processing concepts.  Data processing terms are highlighted in green and defined in the margin.
*SC41-3205*Software License Keys*m*$5.00
Provides information about what you should know about using software license keys with V3R1 OS/400.  30 pages.  1994.
*G325-6190*System Information Directions*b*$1.95
Describes future directions for the information supporting the AS/400 system.  This includes manuals, online information, and brochures.  16 pages.  1994.
*GA27-3136*Systems Network Architecture:  Formats*m*$24.50
Describes the Systems Network Architecture (SNA) formats used between subarea nodes and peripheral nodes and between type 2.1 nodes using peer-to-peer protocols.  It is intended for system programmers and program support personnel.  725 pages.  1995.
*G220-1974*The AS/400 In An Open World*b*$4.65
Provides a report by ADM Consulting, Inc., an independent consulting firm.  The report reviews the AS/400 strategy to provide open system function and describes the AS/400's competitive advantages.  56 pages.  1992.
*SN41-3091*U.S. Publications Prices Supplement*m*$2.00
Contains U.S. prices for the individual AS/400 publications and the publications bill-of-forms (BOF) groups for V3R1.  Supplement to publication SC41-3000.  20 pages.  1994.
*SN21-9157*U.S. Publications Prices Supplement for Advanced 36 Release 7.5*m*$N/A
This technical newsletter to SC21-8292 provides prices (in U.S. dollars) for the books in the AS/400 Advanced 36 library (hardware and software).
*SK2T-2172*V3R1 AS/400 Redbook Softcopy Library*r*$300.00
This edition contains most of the AS/400 Redbooks and softcopy manuals for the V3R1 AS/400 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read using the Library Reader, which is included on the CD, or using any BookManager READ product.  1994.
#Plan, Install, Migrate
*SH26-4049*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager: Installing the Clients*m*$7.70
Contains installation and setup instructions for all supported ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager (ADSM) clients.  It includes instructions for backup-archive clients, administrative clients, hierarchical storage management (HSM) clients, the Lotus Notes Backup Agent, and the ADSM application program interface.  It also provides detailed reference information for all ADSM options.  350 pages.  1996.  
*G221-4479*AS/400 Advanced Portable Model P03*b*$N/A
Presents the new entries to the P03 product line: the "I" and "L" packages, each with three offerings.  Includes highlights and a review of all features and capabilities, as well as a Feature/Benefit chart and At-A-Glance charts for both the "I" and the "L" lines.  1996.
*GX41-0174*AS/400 Advanced Series - Your guide to success on the road to RISC*b*$5.00
This brochure answers key questions about how the RISC upgrade process compares to other AS/400 upgrades.  It tells you why the success of your upgrade depends on following the step-by-step procedures in AS/400 Road Map for Changing to PowerPC Technology, SA41-4150.  6 pages.  1995.
*G221-4480*AS/400 Advanced Series Products and Peripherals*b*$N/A
Provides a brief introduction plus a list of all the workstations, printers, storage devices, connectivity products, and scanners that connect to AS/400 Advanced Series.  1996.
*SK2T-2171*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R1/V3R2 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1996.
*SK2T-2839*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R6 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1995.
*G221-4478*AS/400 Advanced Server Model 40S Spec Sheet*b*$N/A
Presents the new processor entries to the Model 40S family: the 2109 and 2110.  Includes a review of important new features, key highlights, and a helpful comparison chart for each feature of the 2109 and 2110 processors.  1996.
*G221-4096*AS/400 Advanced Server 9402*b*$1.15
This updated proposal insert reviews the features and functions of AS/400 Advanced Server 9402, model 20S.  It also describes AS/400 Advanced Server 9406, model 30S.  A chart showing features and functions at a glance and a configuration chart are also included.  8 pages.  1994.
*G221-4113*AS/400 Advanced System 9402*b*$1.00
This updated proposal insert provides an in-depth review of the 9402 Model 200, introducing its new look, presenting its feature highlights, and discussing customer benefits.  The Wireless LAN Adapter, Integrated Fax Adapter, and the model's increased storage capacity are also described.  6 pages.  1994.
*G221-4114*AS/400 Advanced System 9406*b*$0.90
This updated proposal insert reviews the features and functions of AS/400 Advanced System 9406, models 300, 310, and 320.  A chart showing features and functions at a glance and a configuration chart are also provided.  6 pages.  1994.
*G221-4201*AS/400 Advanced 36*b*$0.75
This brochure provides an in-depth review of the newest member of the AS/400 Advanced System family: the AS/400 Advanced 36.  The brochure positions the product within the family and highlights key functions such as its processing capability and save/restore feature.  4 pages.  1994.
*G325-6232*AS/400 Advanced 36*b*$1.95
This publication provides a high-level introduction to the System/36, describing the AS/400 Advanced 36 and the process you would follow to transition from the System/36 to AS/400 Advanced 36.  It also explains the hardware and software structure of AS/400 Advanced 36.  20 pages.  1994.
*G221-4477*AS/400 Advanced 36 Model 436 Spec Sheet*b*$N/A
Describes how the Model 436 continues the heritage of the original Advanced 36 (Model 236) by providing 64-bit RISC platform and continued protection of existing System/36 applications, plus the bonus that the 436 can be ideal as a LAN server. Includes an At-A-Glance chart that shows the distinctive functionality of each of the three configuration packages available for the 436.  1996.
*SA21-9656*AS/400 Advanced 36 Planning and Reference Handbook*m*$9.00
Intended for anyone who is involved in selling or installing 9402 Model 436 or upgrading 9402 Model 236 to 436, including marketing representatives, business partners, software service representatives, and customers, this handbook provides an overview of AS/400 Advanced 36, all pertinent ordering information, descriptions of Advanced 36 hardware and software, and considerations for using SSP and OS/400.  250 pages.  1996.
*G221-4481*AS/400 Internet Connection for AS/400 Spec Sheet*b*$N/A
Presents how AS/400 Advanced Series can be transformed into a Network-Centric Computing (NCC) enabler.  Through new offerings such as Internet Connection for AS/400, AS/400 is enhanced to take advantage of the power of the Internet.  1996.
*SA41-4154*AS/400 Planning for PowerPC Technology*m*$10.00
Provides an overview of the V3R6 upgrade to PowerPC Technology and describes each of the three methods for upgrading to a PowerPC AS processor and Version 3 Release 6 licensed programs.  Because you need to choose a method before placing an upgrade order, this book is available to help you evaluate your system hardware and software in order to choose the best upgrade method for your system.  125 pages.  1995.
*SA41-4150*AS/400 Road Map for Changing to PowerPC Technology*m*$33.00
Describes how to order and plan for an upgrade to a PowerPC AS processor and V3R6 software, using one of the three methods for upgrading to AS/400 with PowerPC technology.  For each upgrade method, it instructs you how to prepare for the upgrade and provides specific steps by which the upgrade is performed.  550 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3309*Automated Tape Library Planning and Management*m*$7.00
Provides information about tasks that can be performed with an automated  tape library (ATL).  Describes recommended methods for ATL design and use.  Compares currently available ATL devices.  100 pages.  1995.
*SC21-8295*Changing Your System Configuration-SSP*m*$16.00
Provides instructions and reference information on how to change the system configuration for the SSP running on the AS/400 Advanced 36 system.  325 pages.  1996.
*SA41-4138*Fastpath Installation of Your Advanced 36*m*$3.00
This fastpath road map will guide you with the installation of your 9402 Model 436 hardware and assist you with your data transfer during system transition and setup of Electronic Customer Support.  125 pages.  1996.
*SC21-8377*Getting SSP and OS/400 Installed and Running*m*$5.00
Provides installation instructions for adding OS/400 to a system on which SSP is already installed and instructions for setting up a system that is preloaded with both SSP and OS/400.  The SSP operating system and its related data and programs act as a separate AS/400 Advanced 36 machine.  Directions for installing up to two additional AS/400 Advanced 36 machines are also included.  100 pages.  1996.
*SH21-0726*Installing and Setting Up IBM OfficeVision JustMail/400*m*$11.50
Provides the office administrator with information on how to install JustMail/400.  150 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3011*Memo to Users Version 3*m*$5.00
Intended to inform customers about changes on the V3R1 system that could impact system operations and applications, and to alert them to specific installation considerations.  Customers should know this information before they install V3R1.  50 pages.  1994.
*GA41-0007*New Product Planning Information*m*$4.20
Alerts the reader to additions, changes, or deletions in the V2R3 release of AS/400.  The manual describes differences, indicates what parts of a customer installation would be affected, and refers to the related library publications that contain the details.  200 pages.  1993.
*SC41-3010*New Release Changes*m*$6.00
Provides pertinent information about changes to the software in Version 3 Release 0.5.  Tells how to use the function that is not documented in other manuals for the release.  40 pages.  1994.
*SA41-3100*New Release Planning*m*$12.00
Provides high-level information about new products and enhancements to existing products and features (both hardware and software) in V3R1 (SA41-3100-00) and V3R2 (SA31-3100-01) of the AS/400 system.  150 pages.  1996.
*SA41-4100*New Release Planning*m*$10.00
Provides high-level information about new products and enhancements to existing products and features (both hardware and software) in Version 3 Release 6 of the AS/400 system.  150 pages.  1995.
*SC21-8298*Performing the First System Configuration for Your System-SSP*m*$9.00
Provides the system manager, system console operator, or application programmer with the instructions necessary to get the Advanced 36 up and running.  It also gives instructions on how to tailor the Advanced 36 to meet your specific needs of the system.  200 pages.  1996.
*SA41-3109*Physical Planning Reference*m*$10.00
Provides information for the data processing manager or administrator who is planning activities for the initial installation of a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system.  224 pages.  1994.
*SA41-4109*Physical Planning Reference*m*$16.00
This manual provides information on preinstallation activity that must be completed before the delivery of the V3R6 AS/400 system to the customer site. The activities include planning for and installation of power, communications connections, cabling, security, cooling, and considering other environmental factors.  244 pages.  1995.
*SX41-3108*Physical Planning Summary*m*$5.00
Provides information for customers who are planning to install a relatively simple V3R1 system, with four or five work stations and no additional communications beyond electronic customer support.  92 pages.  1994.
*SX41-4108*Physical Planning Summary*m*$16.00
Provides information for customers who are planning to install a relatively simple V3R6 system, with four or five work stations and no additional communications beyond electronic customer support.  100 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3126*Redbook Softcopy Library Installation from Tape*m*$7.00
Provides information about planning for and installing the V3R1 Redbook Softcopy Library from tape media.  Provides tables showing all books and bookshelves and the size of each entity.  50 pages.  1994.
*SC09-1062*S/36 Administering Personal Services/36 in the Office*m*$42.00
This manual describes what must be done to plan for, install, and maintain Personal Services/36.  Planning information is provided for remote mail distribution, security, and user training.  Forms are provided to make the planning activity easier.  Installation and maintenance information discusses Personal Services/36 files and folders, enrolling Personal Services/36 users, saving and reorganizing office data, and working with communications queues.  This manual is intended for anyone who uses the administrator functions of Personal Services/36.
*SC09-1105*S/36 Planning for System/36 Office in a Network*m*$13.00
Do you use Personal Services/36 in your office?  Are you responsible for setting up and managing it as part of your office communications network?  Then this manual was written for you.  It provides information to plan for, set up, and maintain Personal Services/36 for the System/36 office as part of a communications network.
*SC21-9481*S/36 Planning Your System/36 Office*m*$27.00
This manual provides planning information for your System/36 office.  It discusses how to plan for office procedures, DisplayWrite/36, Personal Services/36, Query/36, and IDDU.  It also helps you plan for security, printers, and using personal computers as System/36 display stations.  Use this manual before setting up and using your System/36 office.
*SC21-9482*S/36 Setting Up Your System/36 Office*m*$21.00
Would you like help in setting up your System/36 office?  This manual is the follow-on to S/36 Planning Your System/36 Office, SC21-9481.  It helps you set up your office and use those items you planned for in the planning manual.  (Your office can consist of just a System/36 or a System/36 with one or more IBM personal computers attached.  Use only those parts of this manual that apply to your System/36 office.)  The manual explains the System/36 and the personal computer hardware that make up the System/36 office environment.  It shows you how they work together and how to start using the office programs.
*GG24-4460*Setting Up and Implementing ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400*r*$75.00
Describes ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager (ADSM) from an AS/400 perspective.  This redbook deals with implementing the ADSM/400 server functions, and addresses installing and setting up the five common client environments for the AS/400: OS/2, DOS, Microsoft Windows, AIX and Novell NetWare.  If there are more than 10 client workstations, such as PCs or PS/2s, attached to an AS/400, and backup and recovery of files on these workstations is becoming a nightmare, then ADSM/400 may be the product needed.  This redbook gives an overview of what you need to consider in using this important product for the AS/400--including planning, performance, comparison with popular alternatives such as Client Access shared folders, and also discusses interoperability with Backup Recovery and Media Services/400 (5763-BR1).  350 pages.  1995.  
*SC40-1347*SNA Traditional Chinese 3270PC Emulation Installation Guide*m*$N/A
Provides information on how to install SNA 3270 PC emulation for Traditional Chinese.  Not available in U.S.  100 pages.  1992.
*SC18-2461*SNA 3270PC Emulation Installation Guide*m*$N/A
Provides information on how to install SNA 3270 PC emulation for Hangeul (SC18-2461K) or Japanese (SC18-2461N).  Not available in U.S.  150 pages.  1992.
*SC41-3127*Softcopy Library Installation from Tape*m*$5.00
Provides information about planning for and installing V3R1/V3R2 softcopy books from tape media.  Provides tables showing all books and bookshelves and the size of each entity.  100 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3120*Software Installation*m*$10.00
Provides step-by-step procedures for the initial installation and for installing V3R1/V3R2 licensed programs, program temporary fixes (PTFs), and secondary languages from IBM.  This manual is also for users who already have an AS/400 system with an installed release and want to install V3R1.  Included in the base set of publications.  225 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4120*Software Installation*m*$14.00
Contains planning material and step-by-step instructions for installing V3R6 OS/400 and licensed programs. Also contains procedures to add secondary languages, to add additional licensed programs, and to change the primary language of the system.  Note that V3R6 software must be installed on the new PowerPC AS processor.  Refer to AS/400 Road Map for Changing to PowerPC Technology (SA41-4150) to upgrade to PowerPC technology.  177 pages.  1995.
*SX41-3135*System Upgrade Road Map (IMPI to IMPI)*m*$8.80
This manual provides instructions for planning all V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 model upgrades from one CISC system to another CISC system.  This manual also identifies activities, programs, tools, and references that can be used to complete the model upgrade.  100 pages.  1994.
*N:SH18-2234*System/36 APW/KPF Migration Utilities User's Guide*m*$N/A
Provides information about how the forms descriptions and the symbol files of the System/36 Advanced Print Writer (APW) or the System/36 5583 Kanji Print Function (KPF) can be migrated to equivalent form descriptions and symbol files for the AS/400 system.  Not available in U.S.  70 pages.  1994.
*G520-7129*System/36 Growth Options*b*$1.35
This brochure presents the migration growth paths for the newly introduced AS/400 Advanced 36, as well as the current AS/400 Advanced System 9402 Model 200.  8 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3151*System/36 Migration Assistant*b*$2.50
Provides information to help migrate products and applications from System/36 to the System/36 environment in the V3R1/V3R2 OS/400 operating system.  5 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4151*System/36 Migration Assistant*b*$2.50
Provides information to help migrate products and applications from System/36 to the System/36 environment in the V3R6 OS/400 operating system.  5 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3152*System/36 Migration Planning*m*$2.50
Provides information to help migrate products and applications using the AS/400 V3R1/V3R2 System/36 Migration Aid.  Includes information for planning the details of migration and an overview of the functions on the System/36 to AS/400 Migration Aid.  50 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4152*System/36 Migration Planning*m*$6.00
Provides information to help migrate products and applications using the AS/400 V3R6 System/36 Migration Aid.  Includes information for planning the details of migration and an overview of the functions on the System/36 to AS/400 Migration Aid.  50 pages.  1995.
*SC09-1166*System/36-to-AS/400 Migration Aid User's Guide and Reference*m*$60.00
This manual explains how to use the IBM AS/400 System/36 Migration Aid, Program 5727-MG1, and the IBM OS/400 System/36 Migration Aid.  The manual contains examples.
*SC09-1221*System/36-to-AS/400 Work Station Utility Conversion Guide*m*$15.00
This guide contains a description of the process and a program to help you convert your Work Station Utility (WSU) programs on System/36 to RPG III programs on AS/400.  The instructions, subroutine, and specifications that you merge into your migrated WSU programs on AS/400 are in the form of a program called WSUAID.  WSUAID is described in this guide and included with the IBM AS/400 System/36-to-AS/400 Migration Aid code.  Two samples of converted WSU programs are also included with the Migration Aid code.
*SC41-3153*System/38 Migration Planning*m*$2.50
Provides information to help migrate products and applications using the AS/400 V3R1/V3R2 System/38 Migration Aid.  It includes information for planning the details of migration and an overview of the functions on the System/38 to AS/400 Migration Aid.  40 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4153*System/38 Migration Planning*m*$6.00
Provides information to help migrate products and applications using the AS/400 V3R6 System/38 Migration Aid.  It includes information for planning the details of migration and an overview of the functions on the System/38 to AS/400 Migration Aid. 40 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3430*TCP/IP Fastpath Setup*m*$5.00
Describes how to set up and use TCP/IP on AS/400.  The book uses simplified installation and configuration scenarios to illustrate the basics needed to use TCP/IP.  It provides an overview of file transfer, printing, and other TCP/IP functions.  90 pages.  1995.
*SA41-3129*Total System Package Installation*b*$3.00
Leads you through all tasks necessary to set up your V3R1/V3R2 Total System Package (TSP) shipment.  Includes step-by-step instructions for each task.  50 pages.  1996.
*SA41-4129*Total System Package Installation*b*$5.00
Leads you through all tasks necessary to set up your V3R6 Total System Package (TSP) shipment.  Includes step-by-step instructions for each task.  30 pages.  1995.
*SC21-8372*Transition Data Link User's Guide*m*$4.40
Provides a description of the Transition Data Link (TDL), a data transfer device that allows you to (1) transfer data from one system to another by using an IBM migration or transition aid program and (2) connect work stations to both systems during the migration process.  The TDL can be used on the System/36, Advanced 36, AS/400 940x Axx-Fxx, AS/400 Advanced Series, and System/38 for data transition.  The book provides information about setting up the TDL, connecting it to your systems, and changing the default configuration if necessary..  75 pages.  1995.
*SG24-4600*Upgrading to AS/400 Advanced Series PowerPC AS*r*$35.00
Intended to provide additional information on the process of upgrading your existing IMPI microprocessors to the new AS/400 Advanced Series PowerPC AS microprocessors, this redbook documents the results of an actual upgrade project and contains helpful planning and operational recommendations.  This redbook should be used in conjunction with the primary source for all upgrade activities, the AS/400 Road Map for Changing to PowerPC Technology, SA41-4150-01.  Some knowledge of overall hardware configurations and an understanding of operational procedures for save, restore, and loading of licensed program products and program temporary fixes is assumed.  300 pages.  1996.  
*SC21-8368*Using Value-Added Software Package*m*$13.00
Contains an overview of the VASP (Value-Added Software Package) function, migration information, and instructions for configuration.  200 pages. 1994.
*G325-6196*What's New in V3R1*b*$1.25
Describes the new software and hardware enhancements for V3R1.  16 pages.  1994.
*G325-6311*What's New in V3R2*b*$N/A
Covers highlights of software and hardware enhancements for V3R2.  8 pages.  1996.
*SA41-3141*9401 P03 Installation*m*$5.00
Using this information, the user can install an AS/400 9401 Model P03 system unit.  50 pages.  1995.
#Service
*G325-6206*AS/400 Advanced Portable*b*$2.05
This brochure contains general information about AS/400 Advanced Portable (9401 Model P02).  Features, dimensions, weight and how to request more information are documented.  4 pages.  1994.
*SX41-9077*AS/400 Device Exerciser Card*b*$2.10
This reference card contains a short introduction to the Device Exerciser program and explains why the service representative uses it.  It also describes how to load the program, how to run the program, how to interpret the results and how to remove the program from the system.  12 pages.  1993.
*G580-0999*AS/400 Facts Folder*b*$2.30
Provides an in-depth reference directory of AS/400 system characteristics including system highlights, I/O devices and attachments, communication capabilities, and system software support.  Includes a hardware summary report.  120 pages.  1993.
*LY44-4901*AS/400 Licensed Internal  Code Diagnostic Aids--Volume 2*m*$144.00
Contains trace point and licensed internal code log entry information for use in diagnosing V3R6 licensed internal code and some operating system problems.  720 pages.  1995.
*LY44-4900*AS/400 Licensed Internal Code Diagnostic Aids--Volume 1*m*$80.00
Provides information about service tools and procedures needed to determine, isolate, and solve programming problems occurring with V3R6 Licensed Internal Code (LIC) used below the machine interface.  This does not include the operating system diagnostic aids, but some of the techniques listed could be useful in diagnosing operating system programming problems.  400 pages.  1995.
*SA41-3110*AS/400 Product Specifications*b*$2.00
Provides information about the capabilities of various machine types and models of the AS/400 system  available at V3R1/V3R2, using performance characteristics.  Also describes the V3R1/V3R2 Licensed Internal Code, and its permitted and prohibited conditions for use.  20 pages.  1994.
*GV20-8556*AS/400 Remote Control Panel*v*$18.25
Gives an example of the typical Remote Control Panel (RCP) configuration.  Explains how RCP works in conjunction with a communications package and an IBM 5250 emulation.  Provides an installation overview of RCP and associated components.  1992.
*SY44-3902*AS/400 Service Functions*m*$200.00
Provides information about service functions that are available on V3R1/V3R2 AS/400.  Hardware service representatives should use this book as a reference during a service action.  It provides information about service tools, control panel functions, and IPL types and modes.  300 pages.  1994.
*SY44-4902*AS/400 Service Functions*m*$58.00
Provides information about service functions that are available on V3R6 AS/400.  Hardware service representatives should use this book as a reference during a service action.  It provides information about service tools, control panel functions, and IPL types and modes.  300 pages.  1995.
*SY44-3903*AS/400 Supplement to Reference Codes*m*$40.00
Provides information about V3R1/V3R2 communications reference codes that are not covered in the V3R1 Problem Analysis manuals.  This is a support manual, for branch offices and support centers.  200 pages.  1995.
*SY44-4903*AS/400 Supplement to Reference Codes*m*$39.00
Provides information about V3R6 communications reference codes that are not covered in the V3R6 Problem Analysis manuals.  This is a support manual, for branch offices and support centers.  250 pages.  1995.
*G580-0991*AS/400 9404 Models F10, F20, and F25 Proposal Insert*b*$00.00
Describes the system capabilities of the F10, F20, and F25 models including processing power, processor memory, DASD capacity, operating system capabilities, and connectivity support.  1994.
*G580-0992*AS/400 9406 Models F35, F45, F50, F60, F70, F80, F90, F95, and F97 Proposal Insert*b*$00.00
Describes the system capabilities of the F35, F45, F50, F60, F70, F80, F90, F95, and F97 models, including increased processing power, processor memory, DASD capacity, operating system capabilities, device attachments, and connectivity support.  1994.
*SA41-4137*Cable Attachment*m*$12.00
Provides information about attaching cables to workstations, modems and networks for AS/400, including Advanced 36.  80 pages.  1995.
*LY21-0913*Data Areas - 9402 Model 436 Addendum*m*$75.00
Contains supplemental pages for the S/36 Data Areas manual, LY21-0592, and provides information unique to the 9402 Model 436.
*SY44-4934*FC 504x Problem Analysis and Repair and Parts *m*$57.00
Provides information about analyzing and correcting problems; removal and installation procedures; DASD recovery procedures; service referenced procedures; and parts listing.  Using this information, a product-trained service representative can exchange the failing field replaceable unit (FRU) called out by the failing item (FI) lists and reference code tables; perform DASD recovery procedures; and determine the part number of any FRU not called out by FI lists or reference code tables.  300 pages.  1995.
*SA41-3136*Port Tester Use*m*$8.00
Provides information about using the IBM workstation controller port tester to help isolate cabling and port problems on AS/400 systems.  25 pages.  1994.
*LY21-0912*Program Service Information - 9402 Model 436 Addendum*m*$30.00
Contains supplemental pages to the S/36 Program Service Information manual, LY21-0590, and provides information unique to the 9402 Model 436.
*LY21-0592*S/36 Data Areas*m*$188.00
This manual provides the program support representative with information on individual data areas and on system components.  It also includes an appendix on Numeric Conversion Aids.  This manual is primarily a reference tool.
*LY21-0590*S/36 Program Service Information*m*$178.00
This manual provides the information that IBM service representatives need to perform program support activities on SSP (System/36) programming and program products for which they are responsible.  To use this manual effectively, you should have completed either SSP program support training or System/36 support-level CE/CSR training.
*SA41-3139*Safety Information*m*$N/A
Provides information about V3R1/V3R2 safety notices including danger, caution, and laser safety information.  This manual is multilingual and is organized by languages alphabetically.  Not available in U.S.  148 pages.  1994.
*SA41-4139*Safety Information*m*$N/A
Provides information about V3R6 safety notices including danger, caution, and laser safety information.  This manual is multilingual and is organized by languages alphabetically.  Not available in U.S.  164 pages.  1995.
*SY44-4943*Safety Inspection*m*$N/A
Explains when a safety inspection for a system should be performed and the requirements to do the inspection.  Safety items to protect operators and service personnel from injury are included in the design and assembly of IBM machines.  This inspection guide identifies areas of the machine that should be checked.  Use good judgement to identify other safety conditions not covered by this inspection guide.  These procedures are for use by IBM service representatives only.  If these procedures are used by persons other than IBM service representatives, IBM cannot verify that the machine has met all safety conditions.  Not available in U.S.  50 pages.  1995.
*SC21-0210*Service Aid Procedures-SSP*m*$3.00
Contains information to use when your AS/400 Advanced 36 system unit requires software support, such as problem determination.  50 pages.  1996.
*LY21-0914*SSP Diagnostic Aids*m*$N/A
Contains information to assist the software service representative when it is necessary to collect information that is submitted with an APAR whenever a problem is isolated to IBM-supplied programming.  350 pages.  1996.
*G225-6601*3494 Tape Library Dataserver Proposal Insert*b*$5.25
Describes how the IBM 3494 Tape Library Dataserver provides a lower-cost, modular tape automation solution and outstanding cross-platform sharing for AS/400, ES/9000, and RISC/6000 hosts and servers.  4 pages.  1994.
*G221-3521*7208 External 8mm Tape Drive*b*$0.45
This document describes the models of the 7208 8mm Tape Drive and Subsystem, including the new 7GM Model 222, which provides compact, cost-effective save/restore solutions for AS/400.  2 pages.  1994.
*G221-3448*9337 Disk Array Subsystem Proposal Insert*b*$0.50
Discusses the IBM 9337 Disk Array Subsystem as a compact, rack-mounted DASD storage device for AS/400 and discusses the impact of its implementation of a RAID-5 technique.  4 pages.  1994.
*G225-6617*9337 Disk Array Subsystem/400 Series*b*$4.10
This document discusses the models in the 9337 Disk Array Subsystem/400 Series.  This series is a compact, rack-mounted storage solution with a tower option for AS/400.  4 pages.  1994.
*SA41-3137*940x Models 2xx/3xx Cable Attachment*m*$12.00
Provides information about attaching cables to workstations, modems and networks. 75 pages.  1994.
*SA41-3141*9401 Model P03 Installation*m*$5.00
Provides information about the installation of the 9401 Model P03 system unit.  150 pages.  1995.
*SY44-3961*9401-P03 Problem Analysis*m*$64.00
Using this information, the hardware service representative can analyze and isolate a problem to a field-replaceable unit (FRU) or failing item (FI) code, and then resolve the problem.  450 pages.  1995.
*SY44-3962*9401-P03 Repair and Parts*m*$75.00
Using this information, a product-trained service representative can exchange the failing field replaceable unit (FRU) called out by the failing item (FI) lists and reference code tables, perform DASD recovery procedures, and determine the part number of any FRU not called out by FI lists or reference code tables.  60 pages.  1995.
*SY44-3963*9401-P03 Safety Inspection*m*$N/A
Safety items to protect operators and service personnel from injury are included in the design and assembly of IBM machines.  This inspection guide identifies areas of the machine that should be checked.  These procedures are for use by IBM service representatives only.  If these procedures are used by persons other than IBM service representatives, IBM cannot verify that the machine has met all safety conditions.  Not available in U.S.  25 pages.  1995.
*SA41-3131*9402 Model x02 Installation*m*$15.00
Provides information about the installation of the 9402 Model x02 system unit.  175 pages.  1994.
*SA41-3132*9402 Models 1xx and Axx-Fxx Cable Attachment*m*$12.00
Provides information about attaching cables to workstations, modems and networks.  80 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3910*9402 Models 1xx and Axx-Fxx Installation and Upgrade*m*$175.00
Provides information about Models 1xx and Axx - Fxx system upgrades and feature installations.  The information is used with the printed installation or upgrade instructions that are included in the ship group.  325 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3911*9402 Models 1xx and Axx-Fxx Problem Analysis*m*$350.00
Provides information about analyzing and correcting problems on the 9402 System Unit.  745 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3912*9402 Models 1xx and Axx-Fxx Repair and Parts*m*$193.00
Provides information about removal and installation procedures; DASD recovery procedures; service referenced procedures; and parts listing.  Using this information, a product-trained service representative can exchange the failing field replaceable unit (FRU) called out by the failing item (FI) lists and reference code tables; perform DASD recovery procedures; and determine the part number of any FRU not called out by FI lists or reference code tables.  200 pages.  1994.
*SA41-3140*9402 Models 2xx Installation*m*$9.00
Provides information about the installation of the 9402 Models 2xx system unit.  125 pages.  1995.
*SY44-3913*9402 Safety Inspection*m*$N/A
Safety items to protect operators and service personnel from injury are included in the design and assembly of IBM machines.  This inspection guide identifies areas of the machine that should be checked.  Use good judgment to identify other safety conditions not covered by this inspection guide. These procedures are for use by IBM service representatives only.  If these procedures are used by persons other than IBM service representatives, IBM cannot verify that the machine has met all safety conditions. Not available in U.S.  8 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3941*9402/9404 Models 2xx Problem Analysis*m*$370.00
Provides information about analyzing and isolating system problems to a Field Replaceable Unit.  665 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3942*9402/9404 Models 2xx Repair and Parts*m*$125.00
Provides information about removal and installation procedures; DASD recovery procedures; service referenced procedures; and parts listing.  Using this information, a product-trained service representative can exchange the failing field replaceable unit (FRU) called out by the failing item (FI) lists and reference code tables; perform DASD recovery procedures; and determine the part number of any FRU not called out by FI lists or reference code tables.  75 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3943*9402/9404 Models 2xx Safety Inspection*m*$N/A
Safety items to protect operators and service personnel from injury are included in the design and assembly of IBM machines.  This inspection guide identifies areas of the machine that should be checked.  Use good judgement to identify other safety conditions not covered by this inspection guide.  These procedures are for use by IBM service representatives only.  If these procedures are used by persons other than IBM service representatives, IBM cannot verify that the machine has met all safety conditions.  Not available in U.S.  12 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3940*9402/9404 Models 2xx Upgrade*m*$100.00
Provides information about Models 2xx system upgrades and feature installations.  The information is used with the printed installation or upgrade instructions that are included in the ship group.  75 pages.  1994.
*SY44-4941*9402/9404 Models 4xx Problem Analysis, Repair and Parts, and Upgrade*m*$120.00
Using the information in this manual, the hardware service representative can isolate a problem to a  field-replaceable FRU or failing item code, resolve the problem, and exchange the FRUs necessary to repair the problem.  650 pages.  1995.
*SA41-3133*9404 Models Bxx-Fxx Cable Attachment*m*$10.00
Provides information about attaching cables to workstations, modems and networks.  60 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3921*9404 Models Bxx-Fxx Problem Analysis*m*$375.00
Provides information about analyzing and correcting problems on the 9404 System Unit.  675 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3922*9404 Models Bxx-Fxx Repair and Parts*m*$148.00
Provides information about removal and installation procedures; DASD recovery procedures; service referenced procedures; and parts listing.  Using this information, a product-trained service representative can exchange the failing field replaceable unit (FRU) called out by the failing item (FI) lists and reference code tables; perform DASD recovery procedures; and determine the part number of any FRU not called out by FI lists or reference code tables.  115 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3920*9404 Models 1xx and Bxx-Fxx Installation and Upgrade*m*$175.00
Provides information about Models 1xx and Bxx - Fxx system upgrades and feature installations.  The information is used with the printed installation or upgrade instructions that are included in the ship group.  200 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3923*9404 Safety Inspection*m*$N/A
Safety items to protect operators and service personnel from injury are included in the design and assembly of IBM machines.  This inspection guide identifies areas of the machine that should be checked.  Use good judgement to identify other safety conditions not covered by this inspection guide.  These procedures are for use by IBM service representatives only.  If these procedures are used by persons other than IBM service representatives, IBM cannot verify that the machine has met all safety conditions.  Not available in U.S.  8 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3950*9404/9406 Models 3xx Installation and Upgrade*m*$180.00
Provides information about the installation and upgrade of the AS/400 9406 Model 3xx system units, expansion/extension units, and features.  Information is in the form of detailed help sections that assist the service representative with the installation or upgrade activity and must be used concurrently with the Customized Universal Install Instructions (CUII).  Comprehensive configuration rules and feature description information for this AS/400 system are also provided.  367 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3951*9404/9406 Models 3xx Problem Analysis*m*$468.00
Provides information about analyzing and isolating system problems to a field replaceable unit (FRU).  878 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3952*9404/9406 Models 3xx Repair and Parts*m*$125.00
Provides information about removal and installation procedures; DASD recovery procedures; service referenced procedures; and parts listing.  Using this information, a product-trained service representative can exchange the failing field replaceable unit (FRU) called out by the failing item (FI) lists and reference code tables; perform DASD recovery procedures; and determine the part number of any FRU not called out by FI lists or reference code tables.  110 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3953*9404/9406 Models 3xx Safety Inspection*m*$N/A
Safety items to protect operators and service personnel from injury are included in the design and assembly of IBM machines.  This inspection guide identifies areas of the machine that should be checked.  Use good judgement to identify other safety conditions not covered by this inspection guide.  These procedures are for use by IBM service representatives only.  If these procedures are used by persons other than IBM service representatives, IBM cannot verify that the machine has met all safety conditions.  Not available in U.S.  12 pages.  1994.
*SY44-4950*9404/9406 Models 3xx/5xx Installation and Upgrade*m*$78.00
Provides specific instructions to complete the installation and upgrade of any model of the AS/400 Advanced Series Models 3xx or 5xx systems by a field service representative. This information will be used concurrently with the Customized Universal Installation Instructions that are generated by the Rochester plant and customized based on customer order.  425 pages.  1995
*SY44-4951*9404/9406 Models 5xx Problem Analysis and Repair and Parts *m*$177.00
Using the information in this manual, the field service representative can isolate a problem to a field-replaceable unit (FRU) or failing item (FI) code, resolve the problem, and exchange the FRUs necessary to repair the problem.  950 pages.  1995.
*SY44-3937*9406 FC 504x  Safety Inspection*m*$N/A
Safety items to protect operators and service personnel from injury are included in the design and assembly of IBM machines.  This inspection guide identifies areas of the machine that should be checked.  Use good judgement to identify other safety conditions not covered by this inspection guide.  These  procedures are for use by IBM service representatives only.  If these procedures are used by persons other than IBM service representatives, IBM cannot verify that the machine has met all safety conditions.  Not available in U.S.  30 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3934*9406 FC 504x Problem Analysis*m*$433.00
Provides information about analyzing and correcting problems on the 9406 System Unit.  150 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3935*9406 FC 504x Repair and Parts*m*$75.00
Provides information about removal and installation procedures; DASD recovery procedures; service referenced procedures; and parts listing.  Using this information, a product-trained service representative can exchange the failing field replaceable unit (FRU) called out by the failing item (FI) lists and reference code tables; perform DASD recovery procedures; and determine the part number of any FRU not called out by FI lists or reference code tables.  200 pages.  1994.
*SA41-3134*9406 Models Bxx-Fxx Cable Attachment*m*$20.00
Provides information about attaching cables to workstations, modems and networks.  80 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3930*9406 Models Bxx-Fxx Installation and Upgrade*m*$375.00
Provides information about Models Bxx - Fxx system upgrades and feature installations.  The information is used with the printed installation or upgrade instructions that are included in the ship group.  525 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3931*9406 Models Bxx-Fxx Problem Analysis*m*$750.00
Provides information about analyzing and correcting problems on the 9406 System Unit.  1075 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3932*9406 Models Bxx-Fxx Repair and Parts*m*$400.00
Provides information about removal and installation procedures; DASD recovery procedures; service referenced procedures; and parts listing.  Using this information, a product-trained service representative can exchange the failing field replaceable unit (FRU) called out by the failing item (FI) lists and reference code tables; perform DASD recovery procedures; and determine the part number of any FRU not called out by FI lists or reference code tables.  460 pages.  1994.
*SY44-3936*9406 Safety Inspection*m*$N/A
Safety items to protect operators and service personnel from injury are included in the design and assembly of IBM machines.  This inspection guide identifies areas of the machine that should be checked.  Use good judgement to identify other safety conditions not covered by this inspection guide.  These  procedures are for use by IBM service representatives only.  If these procedures are used by persons other than IBM service representatives, IBM cannot verify that the machine has met all safety conditions.  Not available in U.S.  8 pages.  1995.
*G225-6615*9427 8mm Tape Library*b*$2.55
This document discusses the 9427 8mm Tape Library Subsystem Model 205.  2 pages.  1994.
#Systems Management
*SBOF-6859*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400*m*$90.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager General Information (GH35-0014); ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400 Administrator's Guide (SH26-4008); ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400 Administrator's Reference (SH26-4009); ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400 Installing the Server and Administrative Client (SH26-4016); ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager Administration Messages (SH0129); and ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400 Administrator's Reference Summary (SX26-6004).
*SBOF-9176*ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400 V3R6*m*$123.50
This form number indicates a group of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400 Administrator's Guide (SH26-4008); ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400 Administrator's Reference (SH26-4009); ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager Administration Messages (SH35-0129); ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for DOS (SH35-0123); and ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager User's Guide and Reference for Microsoft Windows 3.1 (SH35-0125).
*SC41-4640*Advanced Function Printing Utilities for OS/400*m*$48.00
Provides information about using the V3R6 Advanced Function Printing Utilities for OS/400 program. Practical exercises for the utilities are included.  450 pages.  1995.
*N:SH18-2418*Advanced Page Printer Writer User's Guide and Reference*m*$N/A
Provides information about using the advanced page printer writer (APPW) to create and maintain symbols and tailored forms.  Describes how to design the layout of a form, design symbols and images, specify fields where symbols and images are applied, and merge spooled data with tailored forms.  Written in Japanese.  Available in softcopy as SH88-5022.  Not available in U.S.  275 pages.  1994.
*SH18-2420*Advanced Print Writer*m*$95.00
This manual, written in English, explains how to use Advanced Print Writer (APW), a subset of Advanced DBCS Printer Support Utility, with the AS/400 system.  300 pages.  1994.
*SH88-5019*Advanced Print Writer*m*$N/A
This manual, written in Japanese, explains how to use Advanced Print Writer (APW), a subset of Advanced DBCS Printer Support Utility, with the AS/400 system.  Not available in U.S.  300 pages.  1994.
*SH18-2424*Advanced Print Writer for IPDS*m*$N/A
This manual, written in English, explains how to use Advanced Print Writer for IPDS, a subset of Advanced DBCS Printer Support Utility, with the AS/400 system.  Not available in U.S.  350 pages.  1995.
*SH88-5026*Advanced Print Writer for IPDS*m*$N/A
This manual, written in Japanese, explains how to use Advanced Print Writer for IPDS, a subset of Advanced DBCS Printer Support Utility, with the AS/400 system.  Not available in U.S.  350 pages.  1994.
*SC18-2332*AFP Japanese Font Catalog*m*$28.25
Provides information on the Japanese font patterns and codes.  The fonts can be used for formatting and printing on advanced function printing (AFP) printers.  222 pages.  1990.
*SB09-1421*AFP Korean Font Catalog*m*$15.00
Provides information about the font pattern and code for the Korean fonts for V3R1/V3R2.  The fonts can be used for printers with advanced function printing (AFP).  168 pages.  1990.
*SC18-0398*AFP Korean Font Catalog*m*$15.00
Provides information about the Korean font patterns and codes for V3R6.  The fonts can be used for formatting and printing on advanced function printing (AFP) printers.  168 pages.  1995.
*SC18-0133*AFP Simplified Chinese Font Catalog*m*$18.25
Provides information on the Simplified Chinese font patterns and codes.  The fonts can be used for formatting and printing on advanced function printing (AFP) printers.  130 pages.  1989.
*SC18-0137*AFP Thai Font Catalog*m*$8.70
Provides information on the Thai font patterns and codes.  The fonts can be used for formatting and printing on advanced function printing (AFP) printers.  48 pages.  1989.
*SC18-0124*AFP Traditional Chinese Font Catalog*m*$27.00
Provides information on the Traditional Chinese font patterns and codes.  The fonts can be used for formatting and printing on advanced function printing (AFP) printers.  211 pages.  1989.
*SC41-3640*AFP Utilities/400*m*$37.00
Provides information about using the V3R1/V3R2 Advanced Function Printing Utilities/400 program.  450 pages.  1994.
*SH12-6121*APD/400 Administrator's Guide*m*$14.00
Describes the administration and system operation functions of V3R1/V3R2 APD/400.  325 pages.  1994.
*SH12-6403*APD/400 Administrator's Guide*m*$14.00
Describes the administration and system operation functions of V3R6 APD/400.  150 pages.  1995.
*G325-6153*Are You Saving the Right Stuff? V3.1.0*b*$1.95
Explains how to set up a strategy for saving information on your AS/400.  1994.
*SK2T-2171*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R1/V3R2 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1996.
*SK2T-2839*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R6 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1995.
*GV20-8589*AS/400 Client/Server Computing with ManageWare/400*v*$10.25
Provides highlights of the ManageWare/400 program.  ManageWare/400 administers the distribution of software or data file packages to PCs from a central managing AS/400 system.  NTSC standard for US audiences.  11 minutes.  1993.
*GV26-1006*AS/400 Client/Server Computing with ManageWare/400*v*$25.25
Provides highlights of the ManageWare/400 program.  ManageWare/400 administers the distribution of software or data file packages to PCs from a central managing AS/400 system.  PAL standard for European audiences.  11 minutes.  1993.
*G325-6175*AS/400 Directions for Systems Management*b*$1.95
Part of a series of directions papers that describe IBM's future directions for the AS/400 system.  This paper specifically discusses systems management concepts, directions, and products.  24 pages.  1993.
*GG24-3723*AS/400 Performance Management V3R1*r*$100.00
Describes a methodology for performance management on IBM AS/400.  It includes setting up performance objectives, collecting and reviewing performance data, tuning of resources, and capacity planning.  550 pages.  1995.
*GG24-3912*AS/400 System Availability and Recovery for V2R2*r*$50.00
Describes enhancements to AS/400 system availability and recovery under OS/400 V2R2, specifically auxiliary storage pool management, the save-while-active function, and device parity protection.  182 pages.  1992.
*SG24-4371*AS/400 Version 3 Release 1: Managing PC Software with SystemView System Manager/400 and NetView DM/2*r*$35.00
This redbook describes how to use Operations Control Center/400 as a software distribution manager for PC workstations running NetView Distribution Manager/2.  It introduces software distribution and installation concepts, and provides enough basic NetView DM/2 information for AS/400 system management specialists to install and configure NetView DM/2 and Operations Control Center/400.  It provides advice and guidelines for installing, configuring, and implementing a variety of software distribution scenarios in networks of PCs and AS/400 systems centrally managed by an AS/400 Focal Point.  Includes one 3.5-inch diskette.  250 pages.  1995.
*GG24-4372*AS/400 V3R1:  Managing AS/400s with Operations Control Center/400*r*$35.00
Describes the use of IBM SystemView Operations Control Center/400 centralized management functions for networks of AS/400 systems.  Provides multiple examples of how to use Operations Control Center/400 distribution, operations, change management, and problem management functions. The manual presents practical scenarios common to all AS/400 networks and explains how system management solutions can be implemented using Operations Control Center/400.  The diskettes included with this publication contain the sample programs.  In addition, there is a section comparing Operations Control Center/400 and Systems Management Tools (PRPQ 5799-EFT) and explaining how to implement some of the functions available in the PRPQ by using Operations Control Center/400.  350 pages, two 3.5-inch diskettes.   1995.
*GV21-9090*AS/400 Worldwide Conference--AS/400 Openness*v*$15.50
Dave Peterson delivers key messages regarding openness and the AS/400 system.  1993.
*GV21-9087*AS/400 Worldwide Conference--Systems Management*v*$15.50
Jim Morcomb delivers key messages about the systems management capabilities of the AS/400 system and associated licensed programs.  1993.
*SC41-3305*Backup and Recovery - Advanced*m*$58.00
Provides information for systems running V3R1/V3R2 OS/400 about setting up and managing journaling, access path protection, and commitment control; user auxiliary storage pools (ASPs); and disk protection (device parity, mirrored, and checksum).  Provides performance information about backup media and save/restore operations.  Also includes advanced backup and recovery topics, such as using save-while-active support, saving and restoring to a different release, and programming tips and techniques.  475 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4305*Backup and Recovery - Advanced*m*$45.00
Provides information for systems running V3R6 OS/400 about setting up and managing journaling, access path protection, and commitment control; user auxiliary storage pools (ASPs); and disk protection (device parity, mirrored, and checksum).  Provides performance information about backup media and save/restore operations.  Also includes advanced backup and recovery topics, such as using save-while-active support, saving and restoring to a different release, and programming tips and techniques.  450 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3304*Backup and Recovery - Basic*m*$25.00
Describes how to plan a save strategy for your V3R1/V3R2 system; perform basic save operations; select which availability options are appropriate for your system; and recover your system if a failure occurs.  Included in the base set of publications.  350 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4304*Backup and Recovery - Basic*m*$25.00
Describes how to plan a save strategy for your V3R6 system; perform basic save operations; select which availability options are appropriate for your system; and recover your system if a failure occurs.  Included in the base set of publications.  325 pages.  1995.
*G325-6171*Backup Recovery and Media Services/400*b*$2.70
Presents the functions provided by this product, the value to the customer, and the parts that comprise the solution.  6 pages.  1993.
*GG24-4300*Backup Recovery and Media Services/400 Implementation Tips and Techniques*r*$75.00
Provides helpful planning and operational recommendations for the implementation of Backup Recovery and Media Services/400.  Includes information on setting up and implementing the 3494 Tape Library Dataserver in an AS/400 environment.  198 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3345*Backup Recovery Media Services/400*m*$47.00
Provides information about developing and implementing a backup and recovery strategy on a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system..  Describes how to create and maintain the policies that govern your backup strategy.  550 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4345*Backup Recovery Media Services/400*m*$30.00
Provides information about developing and implementing a backup and recovery strategy on a V3R6 AS/400 system..  Describes how to create and maintain the policies that govern your backup strategy.  275 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3341*BEST/1 Capacity Planning Tool*m*$35.00
Describes using the BEST/1 capacity planner to create and analyze a model of your system.  This analysis is used to determine current system performance and predict future data processing needs.  This manual contains scenarios that will help you get started with capacity planning, plus in-depth information about specific topics, such as memory modeling.  375 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3308*Central Site Distribution*m*$10.00
Provides information for systems running V3R1/V3R2 about how to distribute licensed programs, program temporary fixes (PTFs), and application programs to other systems under IBM licensing agreements.  Includes planning information and instructions on how to create and distribute tapes to other systems.  125 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4308*Central Site Distribution*m*$13.00
Provides information for users who have the Distributed Systems License Option (DSLO) on systems running V3R6.  It describes how to create and distribute media containing licensed programs, program temporary fixes (PTFs), and application programs to other systems.  125 pages.  1995.
*SC33-1387*CICS/400 Administration and Operations Guide*m*$76.50
Provides information on how to administer and run CICS/400.  Includes information on customization and resource definition.  345 pages.  1995.
*SC41-0102*Common Cryptographic Architecture Services/400 Installation and Operator's Guide*m*$24.25
Introduces cryptographic concepts and explains cryptographic key-management tasks related to the Common Cryptographic Architecture Services/400  product.  This product provides the AS/400 user with the capability to perform cryptographic functions based on a hardware implementation of the Data Encryption Standard (DES). To support this capability, Common Cryptographic Architecture Services/400 provides a security application programming interface (SAPI), key storage services (KSS), and a Cryptographic Processor.  This guide tells you how to install and use the IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture Services/400 (CCAS/400) product in conjunction with feature 2520: Cryptographic Processor (or feature 2628: Cryptographic Processor - Commercial).  The information in this guide can also help you install cryptographic equipment and programs that are not installed by an IBM service representative, operate cryptographic components with the AS/400 system, write applications using cryptographic services on the AS/400 system, and solve problems with AS/400 cryptographic services.  180 pages.  1993. 
*SC41-3342*Cryptographic Support/400*m*$10.00
Provides a description of the data security capabilities of the Cryptographic Support/400 program.  100 pages.  1994.
*G325-6309*Data Warehousing Concepts for AS/400*b*$1.35
AS/400 is an excellent data warehousing platform.  This paper introduces the concept of data warehousing and provides suggestions on how you can get started on a total data warehousing solution.  Data warehousing can help you better understand business trends and improve your forecasting decisions.  30 pages.  1996.
*GG24-4031*Datahub Implementation and Connectivity*r*$5.80
Describes the implementation of the IBM SystemView Information Warehouse Datahub family of products to operate on all SAA platforms (MVS, VM, AS/400, OS/2).  Provides guidelines on how to plan for Datahub, establish connectivity links in the DRDA and APPC environments, and configure Datahub.  325 pages.  1993.
*SC41-3326*DataHub Support/400 Installation*m*$5.00
Provides introductory and planning information about the V3R1 DataHub Support/400 program, as well as information about installing and operating the program.  48 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3307*Distributed Data Management*m*$24.00
Provides information about remote file processing in V3R1/V3R2.  It describes how to define a remote file to V3R1/V3R2 OS/400 distributed data management (DDM), how to create a DDM file, what file utilities are supported through DDM, and the requirements of OS/400 DDM as related to other systems.  200 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4307*Distributed Data Management*m*$20.00
Provides information about remote file processing in V3R6.  It describes how to define a remote file to V3R6 OS/400 distributed data management (DDM), how to create a DDM file, what file utilities are supported through DDM, and the requirements of OS/400 DDM as related to other systems.  200 pages.  1995.
*N:SC18-2216*Font Management Aid User's Guide*m*$7.90
Provides information about how to maintain or use double-byte character set (DBCS) user-defined characters.  This manual also shows how to maintain and distribute user-defined characters or associated data entry dictionaries between the AS/400 system and DBCS display stations.  96 pages.  1988.
*SC18-2216*Font Management Aid User's Guide*m*$7.90
Provides information about how to maintain or use double-byte character set (DBCS) user-defined characters.  This manual also shows how to maintain and distribute user-defined characters or associated data entry dictionaries between AS/400 and DBCS display stations.  96 pages.  1990.
*SC41-0103*Guide to Enabling C2 Security*m*$20.00
Provides information about planning, installing, setting up, and managing an AS/400 system to meet C2 security requirements.  C2 is a level of trust for computer systems that has been defined by the United States Department of Defense in the Trusted Computer  Systems Evaluation Criteria document.  V2R3 was officially approved for C2 security in October 1995.  Work is underway to evaluate later releases.  125 pages.  1993.
*SC41-3328*IBM AUTOMATED FACILITIES/400*m*$26.00
Describes how to use the situations created in the V3R1/V3R2 IBM OMEGAMON/400 program to create policies to automate specific operator actions.  Also describes how to work with policies, activity programs, and ranking groups.  It describes how to display policy status and explains how to customize automation.  250 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4328*IBM AUTOMATED FACILITIES/400*m*$20.00
Provides information about the V3R6 IBM OMEGAMON/400 optional feature that allows you to create policies to automate specific operator actions.  It describes how to create and control your local system automation using a nonprogrammable workstation.  200 pages.  1995.
*G325-6172*IBM Connectivity Answers for Clients and AS/400 Business Computing Systems*b*$1.95
Describes how users can link PCs and AS/400 systems in a way that best suits their needs.  Includes a list of licensed programs, features, and other products available for attaching PCs to AS/400 systems.  8 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3327*IBM OMEGAMON Services/400*m*$27.00
Describes how to use V3R1/V3R2 IBM OMEGAMON Services/400 to collect and report the status of: key resource and workload data; configuration and topology information; alerts; security violations; and other system events.  Explains how to create and work with situations to determine the status of the system and to draw attention to the need for specific operator actions.  250 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4327*IBM OMEGAMON Services/400*m*$21.00
Provides an overview of V3R6 IBM OMEGAMON/400 and its features - IBM AUTOMATED FACILITIES/400  and IBM OMEGAVIEW/400.  It explains how to use IBM OMEGAMON Services/400 to monitor local system conditions such as system response time, security violations, and problem management.  It explains how to create and work with situations to determine system status and to alert system operators when conditions occur.  200 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6846*IBM OMEGAMON/400*m*$34.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: IBM OMEGAMON Services/400 (SC41-3327); IBM AUTOMATED FACILITIES/400 (SC41-3328); and IBM OMEGAVIEW/400 (SC41-3329).
*SC41-3329*IBM OMEGAVIEW/400*m*$10.00
Describes how to use situations from the V3R1/V3R2 IBM OMEGAMON/400 program and policies from the V3R1/V3R2 IBM AUTOMATED FACILITIES/400 feature to automate and monitor status in a network.  Also describes how to use the graphical user interface to: set up and distribute situations and policies in a network; change distributed situations and policies; and customize the graphical view of the network.  200 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4329*IBM OMEGAVIEW/400*m*$24.00
Provides information about the V3R6 IBM OMEGAMON/400 optional feature that allows you to define situations and policies to automate and monitor your network of AS/400 systems from an OS/2-based programmable workstation (PWS).  It also contains  information on how to customize the graphical view of your network.  220 pages.  1995.
*N:SH18-2179*IBM 5583 Kanji Print Function User's Guide*m*$N/A
Provides information about using the Kanji printer function (KPF) to create and maintain symbols and tailored forms.  Using the printing capabilities available on the IBM 5383, the tailored forms look like preprinted ones and can be used with a variety of fonts and special functions.  This manual describes how to design the layout of a form, design symbols and images, specify fields where symbols and images are applied, and merge spooled data with tailored forms.  Not available in U.S.  200 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4450*Implementing Hierarchical Storage on the AS/400*r*$25.00
This document provides an overview of hierarchical storage management principles, and describes some considerations for planning for the use of Dynamic Retrieval, which is supplied with Backup Recovery and Media Services/400 (BRMS/400) in V3R1.  The document includes topics on archiving, retrieval, and application customization approaches.  It then offers some guidance to the practical implementation of Dynamic Retrieval with BRMS/400.  Call IBM for current price.  130 pages.  1995.
*G325-6294*Job Scheduler for OS/400*b*$1.75
This fact sheet describes the functions, benefits, and availability of Job Scheduler for OS/400, which is a job scheduling system that allows unattended operations, automates operator functions, and controls report distribution.  2 pages.  1995.
*SC41-0586*Job Scheduler for OS/400*m*$27.50
Describes the V3R1 IBM Job Scheduler for OS/400 product.  Job Scheduler for OS/400 provides an easy-to-use interface for planning, scheduling, and performing automated job scheduling operations and report distribution. This book is intended for the system administrator and operator.  224 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3324*Job Scheduler for OS/400*m*$15.00
Provides information on functions of V3R2 Job Scheduler for OS/400, such as running unattended operations, automating operator functions, and controlling report distribution.  Gives examples to help do common tasks.  225 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4324*Job Scheduler for OS/400*m*$22.00
Provides information on functions of V3R6 Job Scheduler for OS/400, such as running unattended operations, automating operator functions, and controlling report distribution.  Gives examples to help do common tasks.  225 pages.  1995.
*G325-6239*Manage your business, not your computer system - Myths about System Management*b*$2.00
This brochure explores a series of common misunderstandings about what systems management is and who needs to create a systems management strategy.  4 pages.  1995.
*G325-6300*Manage your business, not your operations - Graphical Solutions*b*$3.15
AS/400 is going graphical, and moving toward enterprise-wide management from a single work station.  This brochure presents the SystemView/400 products that can help you manage your AS/400 network.  6 pages.  1995.
*G325-6237*Manage your business, not your software - Where is NetView for OS/400?*b*$2.00
NetView is the name of a group of IBM network products that run on platforms other than OS/400.  There isn't a NetView product on OS/400, but OS/400 and some SystemView/400 products such as System Manager/400 can do many of the functions that the NetView products do on other platforms.  This brochure describes how these products work on OS/400 and with the NetView products.  4 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6847*Managed System Services/400*m*$15.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Managed System Services/400 - Getting Started (SC41-3322) and Managed System Services/400 Use (SC41-3323).
*SC41-3322*Managed System Services/400 - Getting Started*m*$5.00
Provides information to get started with V3R1/V3R2 Managed System Services/400 working with V3R1/V3R2 System Manager/400 for better network management.  Contains an overview of concepts that you need to know to use Managed System Services/400.  36 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3323*Managed System Services/400 Use*m*$35.00
Provides information on how to use V3R1/V3R2 Managed System Services/400 with V3R1/V3R2 System Manager/400 for better management of networks of AS/400 business computing systems.  Contains information about the commands and functions available with Managed System Services/400 on one or more AS/400 systems.  300 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4323*Managed System Services/400 Use*m*$22.00
Provides information on how to use V3R6 Managed System Services/400 with V3R6 System Manager/400 for better management of networks of AS/400 business computing systems.  Contains information about the commands and functions available with Managed System Services/400 on one or more AS/400 systems.  250 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9168*Managed System Services/400 V3R6*m*$27.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  Operations Control Center/400 - Getting Started (SC41-4320) and Managed System Services/400 Use (SC41-4323).
*SH19-4057*ManageWare/400 Administrator's Guide*m*$6.20
Provides information about the distribution of software and data files to programmable workstations from a central AS/400 system.  Contains information for installing and configuring the ManageWare/400 program and gives instructions on the tasks to be performed outside the program.  56 pages.  1995.
*GG24-3614*Managing Multiple AS/400s in a Peer Network*r*$60.00
Describes the tasks required to manage multiple AS/400 systems in a networked environment with an AS/400 acting as the management focal point.  Provides descriptions and practical examples of the tasks required and the tools provided through the announcement of V2R2 of OS/400.  442 pages.  1994.
*GG24-4136*Managing Operations on AS/400s with IBM SystemView OMEGAMON Services/400*r*$75.00
Describes the concepts and functions of IBM SAA SystemView OMEGAMON Services/400 that allow you to monitor for system conditions of AS/400 systems in the network and automatically take action based on the monitored conditions.  It provides comprehensive information and examples about installing and using IBM SAA SystemView OMEGAMON Services/400.  234 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4320*Operations Control Center/400 - Getting Started*m*$5.00
Provides information about concepts relating to the V3R6 Managed System Services/400 and V3R6 System Manager/400 licensed programs.  Includes an overview of network management with a central site system and managed (remote) systems.  Concepts presented are:  managing applications and user profiles, managing problems and network activity, and managing the enterprise from a graphical user interface.   80 pages.  1995.
*SC41-0035*Optical Library DataServer Support/400 PRPQ User's Guide*m*$40.00
This manual serves as the User's Guide and Technical Reference for the Optical Library Dataserver Support/400 product (PRPQ 5799-XBK) and explains the functions unique to that product.  300 pages.  1994.
*SC41-0035*Optical Library DataServer Support/400 PRPQ User's Guide*m*$40.00
This manual serves as the User's Guide and Technical Reference for the Optical Library Dataserver Support/400 product (PRPQ 5799-XBK) and explains the functions unique to that product.  300 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4310*Optical Support*m*$27.00
This book serves as a user's guide and reference for Optical Support in V3R6 OS/400.  By explaining the functions that are unique to Optical Support, this book can help you understand optical library dataserver concepts, plan for optical library, administer an optical library dataserver, operate an optical library dataserver, and solve optical dataserver problems.  175 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9157*OS/400 Device/File Management*m*$264.00
This form number indicates a group of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  Distributed Data Management (SC41-4307); Data Management (SC41-4710); DDS Reference (SC41-3712); Printer Device Programming (SC41-3713); Application Display Programming (SC41-4715); Tape and Diskette Device Programming (SC41-4716); Automated Tape Library Planning and Management (SC41-3309); and Workstation Customization Programming (SC41-3605).
*SBOF-6829*OS/400 System Operation and Management*m*$112.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: System Operation (SC41-3203); Security - Basic (SC41-3301); Security - Reference (SC41-3302); Backup and Recovery - Advanced (SC41-3305); Work Management (SC41-3306); and System Operation Quick Reference (SX41-3201).
*SBOF-8816*OS/400 System Operation and Management V3R2*m*$215.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R2 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  System Operation for New Users (SC41-3200); System Operation (SC41-3203); Security - Basic (SC41-3301); Security - Reference (SC41-3302); Backup and Recovery - Advanced (SC41-3305); Work Management (SC41-3306); and System Operation Quick Reference (SX41-3201).  
*SBOF-9151*OS/400 System Operation and Management V3R6*m*$228.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: System Operation (SC41-4203); Security - Basic (SC41-3301); Security - Reference (SC41-4302); Backup and Recovery - Advanced (SC41-4305); Work Management (SC41-4306); System Operation Quick Reference (SX41-4201); Local Device Configuration (SC41-4121); and System Operation for New Users (SC41-3200).
*GG24-4030*Performance Benchmarking for the AS/400*r*$35.00
Gives an overview of existing public standard and non-standard benchmarks.  Provides guidelines for organizing and running a customized benchmark on the AS/400 system and systems serving similar purposes.  100 pages.  1993.
*SC41-0145*Performance Management/400 Offerings and Services*m*$24.25
This document contains an explanation of the V3R1 services offering and the product deliverables.  Also includes installation instructions and examples of the AS/400 screens, graphs, and reports that are delivered with the product.  134 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3347*Performance Management/400 Offerings and Services*m*$10.00
Explains the V3R2 services offering and the product deliverables.  Also includes installation instructions and examples of the AS/400 screens, graphs, and reports that are delivered with the product.  150 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4347*Performance Management/400 Offerings and Services*m*$25.00
Explains the V3R6 services offering and the product deliverables.  Also includes installation instructions and examples of the AS/400 screens, graphs, and reports that are delivered with the product.  150 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-6851*Performance Tools*m*$70.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Performance Tools/400 (SC41-3340) and BEST/1 Capacity Planning Tool (SC41-3341).
*SC41-3340*Performance Tools/400*m*$43.00
Provides information about what AS/400 performance tools are for V3R1/V3R2, gives an overview of the tools, and tells how tools can be used to help manage system performance.  Also includes information about the Performance Tools/400 Agent feature.  Gives instructions about how to analyze system performance and how to do system performance measurement, reporting, capacity planning, and application analysis. 525 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4340*Performance Tools/400*m*$69.00
Provides information about what AS/400 performance tools are for V3R6, gives an overview of the tools, and tells how tools can be used to help manage system performance.  Also includes information about the Performance Tools/400 Agent feature.  Gives instructions about how to analyze system performance and how to do system performance measurement, reporting, capacity planning, and application analysis.  625 pages.  1995.
*SC41-4343*Performance Tools/400 - Getting Started*m*$5.00
Introduces information and concepts about the V3R6 Performance Tools/400 licensed program and provides some information to aid in planning a performance strategy.  After collecting and analyzing the performance data, Performance Tools/400 can identify areas for improvement.  50 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9171*Performance Tools/400 V3R6*m*$104.00
This form number indicates a group of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Performance Tools/400 (SC41-4340) and BEST/1 Capacity Planning Tool (SC41-3341).
*G325-6091*Planning for Performance - BEST/1*b*$0.90
Illustrates the need for capacity planning and highlights enhancements for AS/400 Version 2 Release 3.  6 pages.  1993.
*N:SH18-2409*Printer Function Control User's Guide and Reference*m*$N/A
Provides information about printing user data with user-defined single-byte character string (SBCS) fonts.  Written in Japanese.  Available in softcopy as SH88-5021.  Not available in U.S.  60 pages.  1994.
*SC26-7073*Record/Data Archival and Retrieval System for OS/400*m*$20.75
Contains information about installing and using the Report/Data Archive and Retrieval System (R/DARS) program with OS/400 (V3R1/V3R6).  The R/DARS program stores large volumes of data and retrieves data whether on magnetic, optical, and/or tape storage media.  The program also provides computer output to laser disk (COLD) and extended archiving functions for AS/400.  The book also includes user exit and application program interface (API) information, as well as end-user instructions.  350 pages.  1995.  
*SC41-3325*Record/Data Archival and Retrieval System for OS/400*m*$48.00
Contains information about installing and using the Report/Data Archive and Retrieval System (R/DARS) for OS/400 licensed program (5763-RD1).  The R/DARS for OS/400 program stores large volumes of data and retrieves data whether on magnetic, optical, and/or tape storage media.  The program also provides computer output to laser disk (COLD) and extended archiving functions for AS/400.  The book also includes user exit and application program interface (API) information, as well as end-user instructions.  425 pages.  1996.  
*SC21-8010*S/36 Communications and Systems Management Guide*m*$13.00
This manual provides information needed to configure and run the three major parts of the C&SM feature.  It describes remote management support, which is provided by the System/36 Distributed Host Command Facility (DHCF); change management support, which is provided by the System/36 Distributed Systems Node Executive (DSNX); and alert support, which sends alert messages to the host system.  It also provides an overview of host HCF support and DSX support and explains how to configure the host system to communicate with System/36.  This manual is written for the System/36 programmer and the host system programmer.
*SC21-8011*S/36 Distributed Data Management Guide*m*$13.00
This manual explains how to use DDM to create, delete, copy, and rename remote files on other systems, and how to read, add, update, and delete records in these remote files.  It describes the necessary preparations and the differences between local and remote file processing, as well as the language and utilities you can use to edit, delete, save, list, and restore the network resource directory.  Descriptions of the network resource directory messages (NRD-xxxx) are also provided.
*SA21-9867*S/36 Guide to Installing Multiple Systems*m*$15.00
Does your company have several System/36s?  Are you tired of configuring each one individually?  If so, this manual was written with you in mind.  It provides guidelines for planning, installing, managing, and maintaining a network of System/36s at a central site.  The central site saves and distributes the system software to System/36s at remote sites where it is restored and applied to the remote system.
*SC21-9025*S/36 System Measurement Facility Guide*m*$15.00
This manual is written for programmers and system analysts who want to use the System/36 system measurement facility to fine tune their systems.  SMF takes a statistical sample or snapshot of the way system resources are being used while application programs are running; it collects information about device usage, active tasks, storage totals, system events, and the input/output counters of system and user files.  This manual explains how to run SMF, how to read the report it produces, and how to interpret that report to improve system performance.
*SC21-9042*S/36 System Security Guide*m*$22.00
This manual, written for programmers and DP managers, describes the system-supplied procedures used to restrict sign-on access to System/36 and to prevent unauthorized use of resources on System/36.  This publication will help you prepare for system security, create the security files, and activate password, badge, and resource security.  It also contains information about how to work with the security files, remove the security files, and deactivate password, badge, and resource security.
*SA21-9966*S/36 Using the Software Distribution Support Feature*m*$3.00
The information in this manual should be used with the information that is provided in the Guide to Installing Multiple Systems, SA21-9867.  The Software Distribution Support feature allows the user of a System/36 to build software that can be distributed on tape or diskette to remote System/36 systems that are licensed for that software.
*SC41-3301*Security - Basic*m*$20.00
Explains why security is necessary, defines major concepts, and provides information on planning, implementing, and monitoring basic security on the AS/400 system.  250 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3302*Security - Reference*m*$43.00
Tells how V3R1/V3R2 system security support can be used to protect the system and the data from being used by people who do not have the proper authorization, protect the data from intentional or unintentional damage or destruction, keep security information up-to-date, and set up security on the V3R1 system.  400 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4302*Security - Reference*m*$42.00
Tells how V3R6 system security support can be used to protect the system and the data from being used by people who do not have the proper authorization, protect the data from intentional or unintentional damage or destruction, keep security information up-to-date, and set up security on the V3R6 system. 400 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3303*Security -- Enabling for C2 *m*$13.00
Provides information about planning, installing, setting up, and managing a Version 3 AS/400 system to meet C2 security requirements.  C2 is a level of trust for computer systems that has been defined by the United States Department of Defense in the Trusted Computer  Systems Evaluation Criteria document.. 
*SX41-3128*Software Installation - Automatic*b*$5.00
Provides information on how to use the automatic installation process to install V3R1 and other installation tasks.  Included in the base set of publications for V3R1.  16 pages.  1994.
*SBOF-6857*System Manager/400*m*$40.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: System Manager/400 - Getting Started (SC41-3320) and System Manager/400 Use (SC41-3321).
*SC41-3320*System Manager/400 - Getting Started*m*$5.00
Provides an overview of the V3R1/V3R2 System Manager/400 licensed program and the basic steps to get started using V3R1/V3R2 System Manager/400 to manage your network of systems.  50 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3321*System Manager/400 Use*m*$65.00
Provides information on how to set up and manage a SystemView network from a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system , how to package and manage your own products, and how to manage a network of systems including application software management, data distribution, centralized operations, and centralized problem management.  Contains setup procedures and information about the commands and functions available when you install the V3R1/V3R2 System Manager/400 licensed program on one or more AS/400 systems.  775 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4321*System Manager/400 Use*m*$70.00
Provides information on how to set up and manage a SystemView network from a V3R6 AS/400 system(including application software management, data distribution, centralized operations, and centralized problem management), and how to package and manage your own products.  Also includes information about installing, customizing, and using the System Manager/400 graphical user interface.  Contains setup procedures and information about the commands and functions available when you install the System Manager/400 licensed program on one or more AS/400 systems. 750 pages.  1995.
*SBOF-9174*System Manager/400 V3R6*m*$75.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include:  Operations Control Center/400 - Getting Started (SC41-4320); and System Manager/400 Use (SC41-4321).
*G325-6208*Systems Management Sales Kit: Solutions Brochure V3.1.0*b*$3.49
Discusses various network environments and presents IBM software products that manage all aspects of systems in those environments.  Describes each area of system management: operations, automation, performance, asset, and client/server.  Provides customer scenarios that help you decide which products are needed in those areas.  32 pages.  1994.
*G520-6991*SystemView and the AS/400*b*$1.45
Provides an overview of SystemView, how the AS/400 participates in SystemView, the selection of AS/400 systems management programs and functions, and how these can be used to manage an independent system plus the network environment.  1993.
*G325-3575*SystemView for OS/400 Executive Brochure*b*$2.25
Provides an aid in the decision-making process by outlining the features and functions of the SystemView for OS/400 product.  10 pages.  1995.  
*G325-3576*SystemView for OS/400 Technical Marketing Brochure*b*$4.15
Provides an aid in the decision-making process by outlining the features and functions of the SystemView for OS/400 product.  8 pages.  1995.  
*SC41-3330*SystemView for OS/400: Up and Running'*m*$6.00
Describes how to customize and use the OS/2 graphical interface to launch over 100 typical systems management tasks using a V3R2 AS/400 as the managing system.  This manual also contains information about installing the graphical interface.  100 pages.  1996.  
*SBOF-6848*SystemView Operation Management*m*$47.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: Managed System Services/400 - Getting Started; Managed System Services/400 Use (SC41-3323); System Manager/400 - Getting Started (SC41-3320); and System Manager/400 Use (SC41-3321).
*G325-6207*SystemView/400 - Insights into AS/400 Systems Management*b*$1.95
This brochure provides a perspective on the importance of systems management and the impact an effective systems management strategy can have on the success of a business.  12 pages.  1994.
*GK2T-2819*SystemView/400 Fact Sheet*b*$3.49
This set of fact sheets describes key functions, AS/400 software requirements, related products, and Version 3.1 enhancements for the following AS/400 systems management products:  Backup Recovery and Media Services/400, Operating System/400, LAN Resource Extension and Services/400, Automation Center/400 Integrated Offering, Operations Management, Performance Management, LAN Server/400, Client Access/400, Data Propagator Relational Capture and Apply/400, ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager/400, and ManageWare/400.  24 pages.  1994.
*GV21-9098*The System is the Storage Solution*v*$13.75
Highlights the features of the 3494 Tape Library Dataserver, the 3995 Optical Library Dataserver, the 9337 Disk Array Subsystem, and Backup Recovery and Media Services/400.  Uses a customer example to show benefits of the AS/400 integrated storage solution.  1993.
*GC41-0615*Tips and Tools for Securing Your AS/400*m*$N/A
This book describes how to use AS/400 functions and the V3R1/V3R6 security tools commands to protect your system.  The book includes tips for preventing unwanted users from entering the systems, tips for preventing authorized users from exploring too freely, and tips for frustrating sophisticated users who want to circumvent security.  200 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3300*Tips and Tools for Securing Your AS/400*m*$11.00
This book describes how to use AS/400 functions and the V3R2 security tools commands to protect your system.  The book includes tips for preventing unwanted users from entering the systems, tips for preventing authorized users from exploring too freely, and tips for frustrating sophisticated users who want to circumvent security.  200 pages.  1996.
*SC21-8367*Using Object Distribution Facility*m*$21.00
Contains information about using Object Distribution Facility/36 to electronically distribute data in a network of systems.
*SC41-3306*Work Management*m*$50.00
Provides programmers with information about how to effectively manage their V3R1/V3R2 system workload by changing work management objects to meet their needs.  Provides guidelines for performance tuning; descriptions of system values; and information on collecting performance data, gathering system use data, using work entries, and scheduling batch jobs.  450 pages.  1996.
*SC41-4306*Work Management*m*$50.00
Provides programmers with information about how to effectively manage their V3R6 system workload by changing work management objects to meet their needs.  Provides guidelines for performance tuning; descriptions of system values; and information on collecting performance data, gathering system use data, using work entries, and scheduling batch jobs.  450 pages.  1995.
#System Use
*G544-5292*AFP Toolbox for Multiple Operating Systems*m*$9.15
Describes the AFP Object Class Library (AOCL), which provides a method for generating compound AFP documents in the AIX and OS/2 environments.  AOCL consists of a class library for C++ and a dynamic link library (DLL) for C applications.  200 pages.  1995.  
*SC41-3640*AFP Utilities/400*m*$37.00
Provides information about using the V3R1 Advanced Function Printing Utilities/400 program.  Includes practical exercises for the utilities.  500 pages.  1994.
*SK2T-2171*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R1/V3R2 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1996.
*SK2T-2839*AS/400 Advanced Series Softcopy Library and Information Directory CD-ROMs*m*$95.00
This package contains two CDs:  the AS/400 Softcopy Library CD and the AS/400 Information Directory CD.  The Softcopy Library CD-ROM contains almost all of the softcopy manuals for the AS/400 V3R6 licensed programs.  The manuals on this CD-ROM can be read either on the AS/400 by using OS/400 InfoSeeker or on a PC by using either the IBM Library Reader program (included on the CD) or a BookManager READ product.  The Information Directory CD contains a unique, multimedia interface to a searchable database containing descriptions of titles available from IBM or from selected other publishers.  You can use the Information Directory to create an order form, which you can print or save to order your information by mail, fax, or telephone.  The dual-CD package is free when ordered with a system.  When ordered separately, there is a charge.  1995.
*SC09-1408*BGU User's Guide and Reference*r*$44.00
Provides information about using the AS/400 Business Graphics Utility (BGU) to create various types of charts.  It contains exercises and reference material.  300 pages.  1991.
*G221-3644*CURRENT-OfficeVision/400 Workgroup Program*b*$0.85
Current - OfficeVision/400 is a productivity tool that allows business and mobile professionals to manage a variety of assignments, people, and projects on a daily basis. Through the program's intuitive graphical user interface, users can access host OfficeVision functions, including calendars, E-mail, systems distributing, and document management.  4 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3204*Getting Started on the AS/400 System*m*$5.00
Helps new or novice AS/400 users get started on an  AS/400 system running V3R1/V3R2 OS/400.   Shows how to perform simple tasks on the system in a short time (2 or 3 hours) and introduces key AS/400 functions.  Included in the base set of publications.  75 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4204*Getting Started with AS/400*m*$5.00
Helps new or novice AS/400 users get started on an AS/400 system running V3R6 OS/400.  Shows how to perform simple tasks on the system in a short time (2 or 3 hours) and introduces key AS/400 functions.  Included in the base set of publications.  62 pages.  1995.
*SH21-0732*Getting Started with OfficeVision/400*m*$68.25
Provides information to help you learn how to use the mail, calendar, directory and word processing functions of OfficeVision/400.  This book provides examples that can be used for practice or as a guide for actual office applications.  205 pages.  1994.
*SC19-5380*Graphical Office OfficeVision/400 for OS/2 User's Guide*m*$19.25
Graphical Office OfficeVision/400 provides a set of objects that become an integral part of the OS/2 workplace shell.  This means that these objects are used in the same way that the other OS/2 objects are used in the workplace shell.  This manual requires that the user be familiar with working with the OS/2 workplace shell.  This manual introduces one general method for each basic office task supported by Graphical Office OfficeVision/400. This helps the user to get familiar with using Graphical Office OfficeVision/400 very quickly and to find alternative ways to perform office tasks.  80 pages.  1994.
*S544-5319*Guide to Advanced Function Presentation and Print Services Facility*m*$40.00
Provides an overview of Advanced Function Printing (AFP); describes how to use AFP IPDS printers for printing complex electronic documents that incorporate page segments, overlays, and fonts; and uses a single case study throughout to illustrate various AFP concepts.  400 pages.  1996.  
*G580-0998*IBM OfficeVision/400*b*$1.55
This fact sheet describes OfficeVision/400, the office system that is fully integrated with AS/400 and provides a consistent platform and interface for company communications plus an application integration platform.  4 pages.  1994.
*SC41-3001*InfoSeeker - Getting Started*m*$3.00
Provides information about getting started with V3R1/V3R2 InfoSeeker -- the OS/400 implementation of the IBM BookManager READ product family.  Shows how information can be read or searched for, using a powerful search function.  Also introduces online books and bookshelves.  Included in the base set of publications.  40 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4001*InfoSeeker - Getting Started*m*$5.00
Provides information about getting started with V3R6 InfoSeeker -- the OS/400 implementation of the IBM BookManager READ product family.  Shows how information can be read or searched for, using a powerful search function.  Also introduces online books and bookshelves.  Included in the base set of publications.  40 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3002*InfoSeeker Use*m*$13.00
Provides information about using V3R1/V3R2 InfoSeeker -- the OS/400 implementation of the IBM BookManager READ product family.  Gives details on how to use a powerful search function to find the information you want in online books, tells how to open online books for searching or reading, and describes how the online books are organized into bookshelves.  150 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4002*InfoSeeker Use*m*$18.00
Provides information about using V3R6 InfoSeeker -- the OS/400 implementation of the IBM BookManager READ product family.  Gives details on how to use a powerful search function to find the information you want in online books, tells how to open online books for searching or reading, and describes how the online books are organized into bookshelves.  164 pages.  1995.
*SX21-9087*IPL Reference Card*m*$2.80
A pocket reference card of instructions on performing different types of IPLs on the AS/400 Advanced 36.  1996.
*G325-5923*JUSTMAIL/400 Version 2.3 Informational Flyer*b*$0.80
Describes the features/functions of OfficeVision JustMail/400 Version 2.3, an entry level electronic mail package for AS/400 users (without OfficeVision/400 installed).  2 pages.  1994.
*SH21-0699*Managing OfficeVision/400*m*$35.00
Provides information about how to manage the day-to-day activities of OfficeVision/400.  Also includes information on maintaining office enrollment and creating and managing office objects.  325 pages.  1994.
*SH21-0769*Office Vision for OS/400 Supplement*m*$7.00
Describes the changes made to OfficeVision for OS/400 for Version 3 Release 2.  This release provides the following new features:  a command line on the OfficeVision main menu, the ability for the administrator to add extra user options on the main menu, the ability to define resource calendars, expanded conflict resolution in the calendar function, and Russian language dictionary support.  This Supplement also provides corrections for known errors in some of the books in the library that are not being reprinted for this release.  50 pages.  1996.  
*SBOF-6862*OfficeVision/400*m*$150.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R1 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in the group include: Setting Up and Printing in the OfficeVision/400 Environment (SH21-0511); Planning for and Setting Up OfficeVision/400 (SH21-0695); Using OfficeVision/400 (SH21-  0697); OfficeVision/400 Common Tasks (SH21-0698); Managing OfficeVision/400 (SH21-0699); Using OfficeVision/400 Word Processing (SH21-0701); Office Services Concepts and Programmer's Guide (SH21-0703); Getting Started with OfficeVision/400 (SH21-0732); and OfficeVision/400 Word Processing Quick Reference Card (SX20-0243).
*SH21-0698*OfficeVision/400 Common Tasks*m*$10.00
Provides information about common office tasks or problems.  This manual also includes keyboard layouts for various types of keyboards that are used in the office environment.  141 pages.  1994.
*GK10-2012*OfficeVision/400 Text Search Services Product Overview Version 3.2.0*m*$4.80
SAA OfficeVision/400 Text Search Services belongs to the Information Retrieval family of products.  It is the search component included in the OfficeVision/400 licensed program. It supplements the document search function  available within OfficeVision/400 by locating documents having specific details such as subject, author, or creation date, a specific phrase, word, word part, or a combination of these.  4 pages.  1993.
*SBOF-9178*OfficeVision/400 V3R6*m*$232.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in the group include:  Setting Up and Printing in an OfficeVision/400 Environment (SH21-0511); Using OfficeVision/400 (SH21-0697); Managing OfficeVision/400 (SH21-0699); Using OfficeVision/400 Word Processing (SH21-0701); and Office Services Concepts and Programmer's Guide (SH21-0703).
*SX21-9940*OfficeVision/400 Word Processing Enhanced Keyboard Template*b*$1.45
This template shows the layout for the OfficeVision/400 word processing function keys, additional word processing functions and the calendar function keys for the Enhanced keyboard.  1988.
*SX20-0243*OfficeVision/400 Word Processing Quick Reference Card*m*$2.70
Provides information about fast-path commands for OfficeVision/400 word processing tasks.  2 pages.  1994.
*SX21-9942*OfficeVision/400: ASCII Enhanced Keyboard Template*b*$2.40
This template shows the layout for the OfficeVision/400 word processing function keys, additional word processing functions and the calendar function keys for the ASCII Enhanced keyboard.  1988.
*SX21-9943*OfficeVision/400: ASCII 3101 Keyboard Template*b*$2.40
This template shows the layout for the OfficeVision/400 word processing function keys, additional word processing functions and the calendar function keys for the 3101 keyboard.  1988.
*SX21-9941*OfficeVision/400: PC Enhanced Keyboard Template*b*$1.45
This template shows the layout for the OfficeVision/400 word processing function keys, additional word processing functions and the calendar function keys for the PC Enhanced keyboard.  1988.
*SX21-9939*OfficeVision/400: PC Keyboard Emulation PC Style Template*b*$1.45
This template shows the layout for the OfficeVision/400 word processing function keys, additional word processing functions and the calendar function keys for the PC keyboard emulating PC style.  1988.
*G325-5930*OfficeVision/400: Starting with OfficeVision/400 Version 3.1*m*$95.25
This manual contains information about implementing the Starting with OfficeVision/400 program.  It replaces Starting with OfficeVision/400 User's Guide, GG22-9491-02.  300 pages.  1994.
*SX21-9937*OfficeVision/400: 122 Typewriter Keyboard Template*b*$15.75
This template shows the layout for the OfficeVision/400 word processing function keys, additional word processing functions and the calendar function keys for the 122 typewriter keyboard.  1988.
*SX21-9938*OfficeVision/400: 5250 Emulation Keyboard Template*b*$1.45
This template shows the layout for the OfficeVision/400 word processing function keys, additional word processing functions and the calendar function keys for the 5250 and PC keyboard emulating 5250 style.  1988.
*SC21-8297*Operating Your Computer-SSP Operating System*m*$25.00
This manual uses the help menus and displays that are available on the system to show the system console or subconsole operator how to perform specific tasks.  250 pages.  1996.
*SC21-8384*Operator Tasks - Multiple Operating Systems*m*$48.00
This manual is intended for use by a system operator who is running an AS/400 on which SSP and OS/400 operating systems are both installed.  That part of the system that contains the SSP operating system and related data and programs is referred to as an AS/400 Advanced 36 machine.  The manual contains information on how to do operator tasks on both operating systems, how to use displays and printers with either operating system, and what the operator needs to know to use both operating systems on the same system unit.  450 pages.  1996.
*SBOF-9151*OS/400 System Operation and Management V3R6*m*$228.00
This form number indicates a selection of V3R6 publications offered as a group.  The manuals in this group include: System Operation (SC41-4203); Security - Basic (SC41-3301); Security - Reference (SC41-4302); Backup and Recovery - Advanced (SC41-4305); Work Management (SC41-4306); System Operation Quick Reference (SX41-4201); Local Device Configuration (SC41-4121); and System Operation for New Users (SC41-3200).
*S544-5284*Page Printer Formatting Aid User's Guide*m*$6.65
Provides information about creating form definitions and page definitions for use in printing with IBM AIX Page Printer Formatting Aid/6000 and IBM Page Printer Formatting Aid/370.  300 pages.  1996.  
*SH21-0695*Planning for and Setting Up OfficeVision/400*m*$20.00
Provides information about planning for and setting up OfficeVision/400.  Includes information on planning for enrolling users, word processing, mail and calendar processing, using OfficeVision/400 with IBM personal computers, and using OfficeVision/400 in a communications network.  The planning activities include filling out planning worksheets that are used to do the setup tasks.  275 pages.  1994.
*GC41-0610*Printing: System/36-to-AS/400 Map*m*$0.55
Maps basic print terminology and concepts between System/36 and AS/400.  A table of common System/36 print commands and their AS/400 equivalents is included.  15 pages.  1995.
*SC21-9483*S/36 Administering Your System/36 Office*m*$24.00
Once your System/36 office is set up and running, use this manual to manage your office efficiently and productively.  It discusses starting and stopping the system, monitoring and controlling system activity, administering Personal Services/36, using IBM personal computers in the office, and other tasks common to all System/36 office environments.
*SC21-7984*S/36 Advanced Printer Function (APF) Guide*m*$12.00
This manual is for use by anyone who is considering installing or using the System/36 5224/5225 Advanced Printer Function licensed program product.  It describes the functions and the limitations of the Advanced Printer Function including performance considerations and system requirements.  It explains, how to use the Advanced Printer Function to obtain the function described.  Before reading this book, you should be familiar with the use of the controls on the display and how to use cursor movement keys, field exit keys, command keys, insert and delete keys, and the error reset key.
*SC21-7942*S/36 Assembler Messages*m*$4.00
This manual lists and explains Assembler program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the ASM message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-7943*S/36 BASIC Messages*m*$12.00
This manual lists and explains BASIC program messages that appear on your display station or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the BAS message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-7985*S/36 Business Graphic Utilities/36 User's Guide*m*$33.00
This manual provides information about BGU/36.  It explains what BGU/36 is and how to use it to create simple business graphs and charts.  BGU/36 is intended for day-to-day use in presenting status, trends, projections, history, and summaries of data, both financial and scientific, in graphic form.  In addition to this manual, online help text is provided with BGU/36 for all displays.  The online help information is readily available and easy to use.  Press the Help key while on any BGU/36 display, and the online help text is presented.
*SC09-1055*S/36 Character Graphic Utility Guide (Japan only)*m*$N/A
This manual is for users of the Ideographic General Utility program.  It shows you step-by-step how to create simple diagrams, such as flowcharts, with the Utility program.  This book also describes how to alter the Utility program to suit your individual needs.
*SC21-7941*S/36 COBOL Messages*m*$5.00
This manual lists and explains COBOL program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the CBL message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-7900*S/36 Data File Utility (DFU) Guide*m*$21.00
This manual contains step-by-step examples and the reference material needed to write DFU programs to create, update, inquire into, and print data files.  This manual should be read by the display station operator or inexperienced DFU user for a description of how to set up and run a DFU program.  It should also be used by the programmer or experienced user for reference or as a review of DFU.
*SC21-8005*S/36 Getting Started with DisplayWrite/36*m*$19.00
This manual provides information to help you become familiar with DW/36.  It explains what DW/36 is and how to use it.  A reference card, included with this manual, provides a keyboard foldout and summary of the available text instructions and line commands.  This manual also contains exercises that you can perform on your system once DW/36 is installed.  In addition to this manual, DW/36 provides online information that includes   help text for displays and messages, and a task-oriented guide section.  The online information is easy to use and is readily available while using DW/36.  You can press the Help key, select a menu option, or type in a procedure name to read the online information.
*SC21-8003*S/36 Getting Started with IDDU*m*$15.00
This manual tells how to use Query/36 to produce reports from data in computer files, how to use DisplayWrite/36 (DW/36) to combine text in a document with data in a computer file, and how to use Advanced Program-to-Program Communications (APPC) or INTRA to communicate between programs on the same or different computer systems.
*SC09-1061*S/36 Getting Started with Personal Services/36*m*$28.00
This manual provides information and exercises to help you become familiar with Personal Services/36.  It explains what Personal Services/36 is and how to use it.  In addition to this manual, Personal Services/36 provides online information that includes help text for displays and messages, and a task-oriented guide section.  You can press the Help key, select a menu option, or type in a procedure name to read the online information.
*SC21-8004*S/36 Getting Started with Query/36*m*$25.00
This manual provides information to help you become familiar with Query/36.  It explains what Query/36 is and how to use it.  Some general data processing concepts are also included.  This manual also contains exercises that you can perform once Query/36 is installed.  In addition to this manual, Query/36 provides online information that includes help text for displays and messages, and a task-oriented guide section.  You can press the Help key, select a menu option, or type in a procedure name to read the online information.
*SC09-1054*S/36 Ideographic Sort Guide (Japan only)*m*$N/A
This manual is intended for system operators who will run sort jobs and programmers who will code sort jobs for the System/36 with the Kanji feature installed.  Using this manual, the programmer can choose an appropriate sort for the application, fill out the sort specifications statements, and compile the sort specifications.  This manual includes information about entering and storing sort specifications in the System/36.  Also included are sort performance considerations.
*SC21-7944*S/36 Multiple Session Remote Job Entry Messages*m*$3.00
This manual lists and explains MSRJE program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the RJE message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-9449*S/36 Practicing with DisplayWrite/36*m*$15.00
This manual contains guided exercises in performing several complex tasks of DisplayWrite/36 (DW/36).  It provides self-guided instructions for any user of DisplayWrite/36.  This manual does not cover all the DisplayWrite/36 functions available to you, but provides examples of advanced text processing functions.  Details of DisplayWrite/36 can be found in the manual, Using DisplayWrite/36.  This manual is intended for the office worker who wants to gain more experience with DW/36.  This manual can also be used to teach office workers advanced text processing functions.
*SC21-9451*S/36 Practicing with IDDU*m*$10.00
The best way to learn more about the interactive data definition utility (IDDU) is to continue practicing with it.  The exercises in this manual give you the chance to gain more experience with the functions of IDDU.  They go beyond the material you learned in Getting Started with Interactive Data Definition Utility, SC21-8003.  This manual helps you learn to create a data dictionary, create field definitions, create a format definition, create a file definition, create a disk file, and enter data into a disk file.
*SC09-1125*S/36 Practicing with Personal Services/36*m*$10.00
This book includes exercises to take you through some of the more advanced Personal Services/36 tasks that are beyond the basic information covered in the Getting Started manual.
*SC21-9450*S/36 Practicing with Query/36*m*$11.00
This book includes exercises to take you through some of the more advanced Query/36 tasks that are beyond the basic information covered in the Getting Started manual.
*SC21-9024*S/36 Procedures and Commands Summary*m*$30.00
This manual shows the syntax diagrams and summarizes the purposes of the System/36 procedures, control commands, operation control language (OCL) statements, and procedure control expressions.  It also includes a section on the use of a System/36 display station.  This information is intended for programmers, system operators, and display station operators.
*SC21-7940*S/36 RPG II Messages*m*$7.00
This manual lists and explains RPG II program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the RPG message identification code.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-7901*S/36 Source Entry Utility (SEU) Guide*m*$11.00
This manual is intended for the new or experienced SEU user.  It helps the user enter or make changes to statements in a source or procedure member.  This manual contains a general description of what the source entry utility is and how it works.  It includes examples of using SEU, as well as reference material on SEU.
*SC21-7938*S/36 System Messages*m*$32.50
This manual lists and explains system messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the SYS, SORT, CNFG, and KBD message identification codes.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.  800 pages.
*SC21-9020*S/36 System Reference*m*$89.00
You already have the S/36 Procedures and Commands Summary; here is its much larger companion.  This manual documents procedures, control commands, operation control language statements, and procedure control expressions supplied with the system support program and other program products.  A directory to using the system support and a comprehensive index make information retrieval quick and easy.
*SC21-9503*S/36 Using DisplayWrite/36*m*$28.00
This manual provides information to help you use DisplayWrite/36 more efficiently and productively.  It is task-oriented and each task can be completed using the steps given.  It is intended to give the user more experience using the functions of DW/36 and can be used for reference.
*SC21-7939*S/36 Utilities Messages*m*$7.00
This manual lists and explains utilities program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the SEU, DFU, WSU, and SDA message identification codes.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*SC21-7945*S/36 3270 Device Emulation Messages*m*$3.00
This manual lists and explains 3270 Device Emulation program messages that appear on your display stations or are printed on your program listings.  The messages in this manual have the EMU (BSC) and ESU (SNA) message identification codes.  Generally, these are either informational or error messages, and the manual describes any action you must take to continue your job.
*GG24-4283*Setting Up and Printing in an OfficeVision/400 Environment*r*$25.00
Describes the AS/400 printing process as well as the recommended printer configurations for printers attached to AS/400.  200 pages.  1994.
*SH21-0511*Setting Up and Printing in an OfficeVision/400 Environment*m*$17.00
Provides information about how to set up and print within an OfficeVision/400 environment.  180 pages.  1994.
*SC40-1348*SNA Traditional Chinese 3270PC Emulation Operation Guide*m*$N/A
Provides information on how to operate SNA 3270 PC emulation for Traditional Chinese.  Not available in U.S.  250 pages.  1992.
*SC18-2462*SNA 3270PC Emulation Operation Guide*m*$N/A
Provides information on how to operate SNA 3270 PC emulation for Hangeul (SC18-2462K) or Japanese (SC18-2462N).  Not available in U.S.  275 pages.  1992.
*SC21-8291*System Messages-SSP Addendum*m*$3.00
Describes system messages and gives response options for those messages not documented in the base System Messages manual, SC21-7938.  75 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3203*System Operation*m*$19.00
Provides information for systems running V3R1/V3R2 OS/400 about handling messages, working with jobs and printer output, device communications, working with support functions, and cleaning up your system.  190 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4203*System Operation*m*$22.00
Provides information for systems running V3R6 OS/400 about handling messages, working with jobs and printer output, device communications, working with support functions, and cleaning up your system.  200 pages.  1995.
*SC41-3200*System Operation for New Users*m*$20.00
Provides beginner information about how to sign on and off, send and receive messages, respond to keyboard error messages, and use function keys.  175 pages.  1994.
*SX41-3201*System Operation Quick Reference*m*$5.00 
Provides a summary of how to do day-to-day system operations on a V3R1/V3R2 AS/400 system.  35 pages.  1994.
*SX41-4201*System Operation Quick Reference*m*$5.00
Provides a summary of how to do day-to-day system operations on a V3R6 AS/400 system.  40 pages.  1995.
*SC21-8296*System Problem Determination-SSP*m*$5.00
Helps you determine what to do when your Advanced 36 does not operate as expected. This book is intended for a person operating the Advanced 36 from the system console with access to each device on the system.  This book assumes that the system has been working properly, and now is not.  75 pages.  1996.
*SC41-3206*System Startup and Problem Handling*m*$11.00
Provides information about the system unit control panel, starting and stopping a V3R1/V3R2 system, using tapes and diskettes, working with program temporary fixes, and handling problems.  Included in the base set of publications.  200 pages.  1994.
*SC41-4206*System Startup and Problem Handling*m*$11.00
Provides information about the system unit control panel, starting and stopping a V3R6 system, using tapes and diskettes, working with program temporary fixes, and handling problems.  Included in the base set of publications.  175 pages.  1995.
*GC21-8002*System/36 in the Office*m*$3.00
If you're thinking about automating your office, here is the place to begin.  This well-written manual describes the System/36 office support:  DisplayWrite/36, Personal Services/36, Query/36, the Interactive Data Definition Utility, and data communications.  Because your office may be using personal computers as display stations, the manual also discusses the personal computer products:  5250 emulation, PC Support/36, DisplayWrite 3, and DisplayWrite 4.  Reading this manual, you learn the capabilities of the programs, how they work together, and how they can make your office more productive in a short time.  Illustrations show these programs used in both data and word processing applications.  Hardware and communications information is also included to help you decide which system units, display stations, and printers are best for your office.
*SX41-3732*System/36-AS/400 Command Cross-Reference*m*$7.00
This pocket-sized booklet maps the System/36 OCL commands and statements to the functionally equivalent AS/400 CL commands.  Each AS/400 command name is followed by a description of the AS/400 function associated with that command.  An appendix lists the AS/400 command abbreviations as well as the spelled-out names for those CL commands.  100 pages.  1994.
*SH21-0725*Using OfficeVision JustMail/400*m*$20.50
This publication provides task-oriented information on performing basic office, mail, and editing activities.  175 pages.  1994.
*SH21-0697*Using OfficeVision/400*m*$44.00
Provides information about how to use OfficeVision/400, including handling mail and calendars.  400 pages.  1994.
*SC41-9879*Using OfficeVision/400 Adapted Word Processing Function, Version 2.2*m*$10.00
This manual is a reference guide for the adapted word processing function of OfficeVision/400.  Although similar in many respects to OfficeVision/400 word processing, this function has been adapted for use at display stations that do not have the text-assist function of a workstation controller or PC Support/400 (for example, 3270 display stations attached to 3274 controllers, 5250-family display stations attached to S/38 with pass-through, PCs running PC Support workstation function sessions with PC organizer, and workstations with double-byte character set (DBCS) support (such as the 5295 Display Station or the PS/55)).  It is part of SBOF-4682 and SBOF-4753.  90 pages.  1992.
*SH21-0701*Using OfficeVision/400 Word Processing*m*$58.00
Provides information about how to use the word processing functions of OfficeVision/400.  525 pages.  1994.
*SC21-8366*Using Programmer and Operator Productivity Aid*m*$8.00
Provides the information needed to install and operate the Programmer and Operator Productivity Aid.  This manual is primarily for programmers and operators who have the responsibility for maintaining files and libraries and for assisting programmers in the writing of application programs.  120 pages.  1994.
*SC21-0209*Using Your Display Station - Advanced 36*m*$15.66
Provides information for a person operating an Advanced 36 from any display station.  The manual uses the help menus and displays that are available on the system to show the operator how to perform specific tasks.  The manuals is intended for a display station operator but may also be useful to the system operator or subconsole operator.  75 pages.  1994.
*SR28-5115*Word Processing Capability Guide*b*$39.95
This publication is intended to help customers choose the right word processor for a midrange environment.  The purpose of this publication is to describe what functions are available with OfficeVision/400 Version 2 Release 3, DisplayWrite/36 Release 6, DisplayWrite4, DisplayWrite4 Version 2, DisplayWrite5 Modification 3.3, DisplayWrite5/2 Modification 3.3, and WordPerfect Version 4.2 for the AS/400.  This publication also includes a comparison of the functions provided by these editors. It should be used to determine the best editor for any given environment.  A comparison matrix is provided for each product, including a comparison of PC Text Assist and RUMBA/400.  100 pages.  1993.
